A
TAHITIAN AND ENGLISH
DICTIONARY,

WITH
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS
ON THE
POLYNESIAN LANGUAGE,

AND A
SHORT GRAMMAR
OF THE
TAHITIAN DIALECT:

WITH AN APPENDIX
CONTAINING A LIST OF FOREIGN WORDS USED IN THE
TAHITIAN BIBLE, IN COMMERCE, ETC., WITH THE SOURCES
FROM WHENCE THEY HAVE BEEN DERIVED.
by
John Davies

TAHITI:
PRINTED AT THE LONDON MISSIONARY SOCIETY'S PRESS.

1851.
INTRODUCTORY REMARKS
ON THE
POLYNESIAN LANGUAGE
THE inhabitants of most of the numberous Islands of the south Sea, called by modern Geographers by the name of Polynesia, have one common Language, which for that reason may be called the Polynisian; it prevails also over a considerable part of Australasia, yet it has apparently no affinity with the languages or dialects of the major part of the Australasians.

The Polynesian, whether it may be considered as a primitive or mother togue itself, or a sister of the Malay, derived from one common parent, is undoubtedly of great antiquity, the people that speak it being, it is probable, separated for ages from the rest of the world, having no intercourse with any other nation, and thinking till lately, that they themselves were the only people in existence.

And while, as the Language of a rude and uncivilized people, it has, as might be expected, many deficiencies, when compared with the highly cultivated and polished languages of Europe, it has, at the same time, in some respects, a force, a simplicity, and precision, as in the instance of the personal pronouns, that may perhaps be superior to them all.

Its resemblance to the Hebrew in the conjugation of the Verbs, and in many of its primitive words, could easily be shown; many words seem to have truly Hebrew roots, such as mate, death, mara or maramara, bitter, rapaau to heal, pae, side, &c.

As the Polynesian prevails over such a vast tract of the South Pacific Ocean, and is spoken by people for the most part inhabiting small detached islands. having little or no intercourse with each other, it has a great variety of dialects, yet not so different, but they all may easily be known to belong to one common language.

Of these Dialects, the principal are, the Samoan, the Hawaiian, or that of the Sandwich Islands, the Marquesan, that of New Zealand, the Tangatabuan, or that of the Friendly islanders, and the Tahitian. The others, so far as they are known, bear more or less affinity, some to one, and some to another of these.

There is, in the Polynesian Language, a great number or radical or primitive words, that seem to prevail through all the dialects, having nearly the same pronunciation, and the same ideas affixed to them; such as mate, death; vai, water; ua, rain; fenua, land; tai, the sea; uta, the shore; metua, a parent; Atua, God, &c.

Other words, such as the numberals, the personal and possessive pronouns, are nearly the same in all the groups, and probably the same may be said of the use of the adjectives, and of the conjugation of verbs.

Many words, however, appear very different, when they are not so in reality, because in som dialects the first syllable of a word is dropped or exchanged; as, t for k, h for f, n for ng, l for r, or the contrary, as the word man in the Hawaiian, is kanaka; as also in Parata or one dialect of the Paumotu people, in the Marquesan it is anata, in the Tongatabuan, tangata, as also at New Zealand and Samoa, and in the Fijiian dialect, it is tomota, and in the Tahitian, taata. Iha is the general word for fish in the different dialects, but ia in Tahitian, also buaka for a hog, but puaa in Tahitian. Ra is the general word for the sun, but at the Marquesas, a, and the Friendly islands, la. Ariki and aiki are the general words for a king or principal chief, in Tahitian, it as arii.

Of the above dialects, those that bear the greatest resemblance to each other are the Hawaiian, the Marquesan, and that of New Zealand; the Tahitian comes next, and differs chiefly from them in abridging the words, and dropping a great number of consonants, and in discarding entirely the nasal ng, the g, and k.

The Tongatabuan dialect differs from them all in many respects, it substitutes the l for the r, and uses the j consonant, which the other dialects never do, it has strong aspirates resembling the Greek chi, or the ancient British ch, and has a great number of words unknown in the other dialects of the Polynesian language, but they may probably be traced to the dialects used at the Fijiis, New Caledonia, and the marian or Ladrone islands; there seems to be nothing in the dialect of the Friendly islanders to support the conjecture that the New Zealanders are their descendants.

The Fijiians are undoubtedly a different race of people from the Friendly islanders, and apparently from all that speak the Polynesian language; and though their language is partly Polynesian, they have a great many words that indicate a different origin. The words Kalao, God; Leva, a woman, Siego, the Sun, tolatola, a shoulder, sala, a leg, &c., seem to have no affinity with the true Polynesian, though they may have with some of the Malay dialects; bulam or bulan, the words used by the Fijiians for the moon, are also used by the Malays.

Before these introductory remarks are closed. it will be well to point out the general modes adopted by the Tahitians of transmitting historical facts, previous to the introduction of letters among them.

They had several methods by which they secured that object, and the first that may be mentioned, was, the history of their gods. This was called in the native language, "Ruhu Atua." In their accounts, gods and men were so blended together, that it is impossible to distinguish, in many cases, the one from the other.

Taaroa, was considered by them as self existent, and the creator of all things, and as such, they presented to him the first fruits of their lands.

Taaroa first created the family of the gods, who dwelt with him in the "Po," or region of darkness. He next created a secondary class of deities, to superintend the affairs of this world.

These were said to be made from a log of Aito, cut up into chips, and each chip was converted into a secondary deity.

The first man and woman, descended from Taaroa by his daughter "Hina" She is said to be now in the moon.

The Rohu Atua gives the following account of the titular god and royal family of Huahine.

Tutapu and his wife dwelt on a land called Puatitiura. They had an only daughter, hotuhiva. No husband was to be found for her on her own land. her parents, however, were very anxious she should obtain one, and therefore put her in a drum, called Taiti, under the care of Tane and the god or idol Taputura, and sent her to sea. After sailing about for some time, they landed at Manunu on Huahine; which name signifies "cramped."

The spot was formerly called "Toerauroa."

Tane became the titular god of Huahine. The young lady, Hotuhiva, was married to a chief named Teaonuimaruia. They had two sons, Tina, and Hena, and they are considered to be the ancestors of the present chiefs.

Another method was the "aufau fetii," i. e. family genealogies. The sovereign Chiefs paid more attention to this subject than persons of the lower orders did. Their accounts extend much farther back, and are more correct than those of the latter class.

On the supposed validity of these genealogies, the Chiefs found their claims to supreme anthority; and the land proprietors their claim to their patrimonial possessions. Parents, therefore, are very careful to teach their children the aufau fetii, that they may trace back their ancestors as far as possible. When a dispute arises respecting land, each party repeats the list of his ancestors who have been proprietors of the said land, and the person who can trace farthest back into past ages, and give the most consistent account of his dedigree, is allowed to have just claim to the disputed land.

All such genealogies were committed to memory; and when reference was made to them in land disputes, the parties trusted entirely to it, and do so, in most cases, at the present time; some few onl having written them. The Sovereign chiefs were, as every thing belonging to them was, moa (sacred), and few besides themselves, were acquainted with them.

Legendary tales formed another method which they adopted of transmitting historical facts from generation to generation, and some of these were highly wrought in hyperbolical language, to give to the individuals of whom they were related, and to their descendants, a claim to the reverence due to a divine nature.

Giving peculiar designations to their wars, victories, and individuals, was another custom practised to memorialise past events.

There has been a great aptness among these islanders from time immemorial, in selecting terms for such a purpose.

A destructive sea fight near an island on the reef of Raiatea, is designated "Te tamai i te hoo roto;" and the mention of that term to the old men who were engaged in it, calls to mind the awful scenes and conflicts which then took place, and which were witnessed by them.

Another conflict between the Poraporans, and the islanders of Raiatea, and Huahine, is called "te tamai huri aua;" this term reminds the Poraporans of the greatest state of humiliation they had experienced for many years; as their fastness was almost taken, and themselves were compelled to sue for peace and liverty.

Another method of commemorating individual circumstances, as well as public events, was that of taking new names, which has long been very common, and is still practised. These circumstances are, accidents, sickness, deaths, &c. A father takes the name "avae mai," (diseased foot) because his child, or some other memer of the family, had been suffering from a bad foot. Another is called "Iriti," because some person of the family died of convulsions. Another is named Piha-ati, from the circumstance of a relative having been buried in a coffin made of the ati. The name Pomare, was given to him upon the same principle, illustrated by the foregoing circumstances. Po, signifies night, and Mare, coughing; and as the sovereign had had a sever night of coughing, he adopted the name.

The last mode that shall be mentioned is their Pehes, or songs.

Such a practise of transmitting historical circumstances to posterity, common to all unlettered countries, was frequently adopted by the inhabitants of the Society and Georgian islands. These pehes were of a national, domestic, and individual character.

The inhabitants of one island would set forth the peculiar character, and convey their own ideas of the inhabitants of a neighbouring island. Some circumstance which occurred in the wars, would often form the foundation of a pehe.

Parties on the same island composed pehes respecting their fellow islanders. These refer to some disagreement between themselves; and also to any particular line of conduct pursued by certain individuals.

To such an extent was the practice adopted, that there are pehes respecting almost every district, piece of land, and family.

After the arrival of the Missionaries, much labour was spent during the first years of their residence in the islands, collecting materials for a dictionary, which was eventually drawn up with considerable care, and sent home to England to be printed, by the Directors of the London Missionary Society; but as the Missionaries were not, at that period, fully agreed among themselves as to the orthography, the Directors recommended delay in order to consider what alteration of that kind might be thought advisable. The present work was arranged by the Rev. John Davies, of Papara, and was ready for the press upwards of twelve years ago, and part of it was then actually published by the Rev. D. Darling, at Bunaauïa, but deficiency of type, and other unavoidable circumstances, interrupted the progress of the work.

The following short grammar is a second edition of the one which was published in 1823, with corrections and additions.

A
SHORT GRAMMAR
OF THE
TAHITIAN DIALECT

THE TAHITIAN ALPHABET
LETTERS. NAMES. SOUNDS OF PRONUNCIATION.
A a
ah
as a in Father.
E e
e
as a in Fate.
F f
fa
as f in Farm.
H h
he
as h in Heaven.
I i
i
as e in Me.
M m
mo
as m in Mote.
N u
nu
as n in Noon.
O o
o
as o in Go.
P p
p
as p in Pat.
R r
ro
as r in Rode.
T t
t
as t in Time.
U u
u
as u in Rule.
V v
v
as v in Veer.

The above letters represent what are termed native sounds. The remaining letters are foreign sounds, and are pronounced as follows:

Bpronoucnced as p.
D
}
G
}
K
}
pronounced as t.
S
}
Z
}
Lpronounced as r.
Wpronounced as ua.
Phpronounced as f.

The Tahitian dialect abounding in vowels, and discarding every hard consonant, it is very difficult for the Tahitians to pronounce such consonants as occur not in any of their own words; yet there seems to be a necessity of introducing the above supplementary letters for the sake of proper names and foreign words. Several of them are used in the other dialects.

Some of the Tahitian consonants are often exchanged, as f for h, and h for f, in a considerable number of verbs, when the prefixes faa or haa occur. The h is invariably pronounced with the aspirate, though frequently so softly, as not to be perceived by foreigners, unless peculiar attention be paid to it. Sometimes the r and the n seem to be exchanged, as ramu, namu, but what is most remarkable in the pronunciation of the Tahitian consonants, is, the universal practice of confounding b and p, d and t, and it is a fact, that scarce a Tahitian can be found, who is able to distinguish between them. In spelling or pronouncing the letters singly, they run all the ps into b, and all the ts into d; but in speaking, they immediately turn most of them into p and t, and there is hardly a Tahitian word, in which it can be said, the b and d are universally used. These two letters b and d are universally used. These two letters b and d have, therefore, been rejected from the Tahitian Alphabet. Some few words in the dictionary commencing with b, will be again found under the letter p.


OF THE VOWELS

The common sound of the Vowels is that which is exemplified above; but there are many instances where the same sounds in quality, are different in quantity, being much longer in some words, where the vowels ought to be marked with a circumflex, thus; â, ê, î, ô, û. In some few instances the vowel a is pronounced very short, as in tapono, a shoulder, tata, to bale, tatau, to count, parau, speech, &c., which might be marked thus; tàpono, tàtà, tàtau, &c. In some few others, it seems to have the sound of a in the English word liar, as, pape, water, vave, soon, and the future adverb ia.

DIPTHONGS.

The Tahitian dipthongs are all of that character which is termed proper; as each vowel has its own distinct sound.


SYLLABLES.

In the formation of Tahitian words, the consonants must be invariably separated by one or more vowels. And when Tahitians write, or pronounce Foreighn words, they always insert vowels between the consonants. Every syllable is invariably terminated with a vowel.


WORDS.

The words in Tahitian, as in English, may be divided into nine different sorts, viz.: the article, the noun, the adjective, the pronoun, the verb, the adverb, the preposition, the conjuction, and the interjection.


OF THE ARTICLE.

If the Article be considered as an "index to the noun, to limit and designate its signification," the following appear to be used in Tahitian as articles: a, te, o, na, mau, tau, pue, hui, te hoe, e tahi, and ma or maa.

1. E and te are commonly (not always,) what a, or an and the are in English, viz., indefinite and definite articles, as in the following examples;

e taata, a man,te taata, the man.
e manu, a birdte manu, the bird.
a fare, a house.te fare, the house.
e pure, a prayer.te pure, the prayer.
e tahua, a priest,te tahua, the priest.

Sometimes the article te is prefixed to proper names; as Te maharo, Te mehameha, &c., apparently to ease the pronuuciation; and at other times it is placed before nouns, where no article would be used in English, as te Atua, which ought to be translated God, and not, the God.

Sometimes it seems to be rather emphatic than definite, as when Captan Wallis visited Tahiti in 1767, some of the old people in relating the circumstance, and the consternation the inhabitants were in on seeing the ship, &c., say "tao aera ratou, e ere outou te taata.' they thought that you were not men but gods, or some superior beings.

2. The o is supposed to have the nature of an article, as it is prefixed as an index to the pronoun when in the nominative case, as o vau, o oe, o oia, o maua, &c., as also to proper names of persons and places; as o Pomare, o Tu, o Tea, &c., o Moorea, o Huahine, o Raiatea, o Tahiti, &c.; some, however, suppose it to be the sign of the numinative case. Not understanding this, strangers have often made it a part of the name itself, as Otahiti; but there is no more propriety in writing Otahiti for the name of the Island, than there would be in writing Oengland and Ofrance, for England and France.

3. The words te hoe and e tahi are used in Tahitian exactly in the same way as the French article of unity, viz.; when un or une is used, they are prefixed to nouns to signify one thing in a vague sense, as the French say, une pomme, an apple, une heure, an hour, so the Tahitians would say, te hoe vi, te hoe hora, any one, but only one in a vague sense.

When the noun will not admit of individuality, as wind, wter, earth, &c. ma or maa is prefixed, as maa pape, some water, maa matai, some wind, &c. and often the article of unity is also used; as, homai e tahi or te hoe maa pape, give me some little water.

4. The words na, mau, tau, pue, and hui, are prefixed to nouns, to denote plurality in such nouns, and to limit and restrict in a manner, well known to the natives, but not easily attained hy a foreigner.

Na is prefixed to nouns to denote, in general, a small plurality, two or three, or a small number, as na metua, parents, both father and mother; na taata, the men, two or three, or a few; but sometimes it may denote a great number, when it is uncertain.

Mau seems to be an unlimited plural, as mau taata, men, any number; mau metua, parents, without limiting the number.

Tau seems to be used to denote a small indefinite plurality in the noun, as "aita rea tau taata rii," but few men, two or three, or a small number; yet it does not seem to be used exactly as synonymous with na. The words pue and hui are also prefixed to certain collective nouns, and mark no definite plurality; as, pue arii, the royal family or principal chiefs, pue raatira, the subordinate chiefs collectively, hui arii, and hui raatira, appear to have nearly the same meaning as pue arii and raatira; but pue taata seems to be an exception, as being more limited; hui hoa, is also used for friends, denoting a number of them without limiting it.


OF NOUNS.

Nouns have two numbers, the singular and plural, or, perhaps more properly, the Tahitian nouns, when not in the singular number, have a plurality limited or unlimited, as determined by the articles mentioned above, viz., na, mau, tau, pue, and hui, which are prefixed to the various nouns, for there is nothing commonly in the noun itself, to signify either number or gender. Sometimes the plurality of the noun is signified by the adjective following it, as puaa maitatai

Na prefixed to a noun denotes a limited plurality, as;

Iä, fish, na iä, two, or a few fishes.
Ofai, stone, na ofai, stones two or more.
Pepe, a butterfly, na pepe, butterflies, two or more
Rao, a fly, na rao, flies, two or more but limited

The unlimited plurals are fomed by prefixing mau to the noun, as;

Atua,God,mau Atua,Gods.
Varua,Spirit,mau Varua,Spirits.
Fatu,Lord,mau Fatu,Lords.
Arii,King,mau Arii,Kings.
Haavâ,Judge,mau Haavâ,Judges.
Fetia,Star,mau Fetia,Stars.
Fenua,Country,mau Fenua,Countries.

OF GENDER

The gender is distinguished, either by different words, or by adding tane or vahine ; oni or ufa, to the noun, as follows;

Paha, a boar,Matiaa, or maiaa, a dam or sow.
Tuane, a brother of a sister,Tuahine, a sister of a brother.
Tamaroa, a boy,Tamahine, or potii, a girl.
Tane, a male,Vahine, a female of womankind.
Oni, a male, of beasts,Ufa, a female of beasts.

Most of the nouns have no gender, and may be considered as neutral, or common, when not determined by the connexion, or by tane or Vahine, oni or ufa, being added to the noun; as, metua, a parent, male or female; but to determine which, tane or vahine must be added; thus, metua tane, a father, or male parent, metua vahine, a mother or female parent, netua hovai, a parent in law, metua hovai tane, a father in law, metua hovai vahine, a mother in law, hunoa a child in law, hunoa tane, a son in law, hunoa vahine, a daughter in law. Puaa is a common noun, and means anyone of the swine kind, but puaa oni, is a male of the swine, and puaa ufa a female or sow. So manu, a bird is in itself a common noun, and so is ia a fish, raau, a tree or plant, but when a tree or plant is to be distinguished as male or or female, tane or vahine is added, as ninita tane, the male papaw tree; ninita vahine, the female papaw. Moora is any of the duck or goose kind, and so is moa any of the domestic fowl kind, and to distinguish cock and hen, goose and gander, duck and drake, oni or ufa must be used.

OF CASE.

If by case be understood the different endings of the noun, the Tahitian nouns have no cases, that is, nothing in the noun itself to distinguish its case. It has been said that English nouns have but one variation of case, viz.: the genitive or possessive, and therefore English cases of nouns are distinguished by the prepositions, to for, with, from, by, &c., and by the same means the Tahitian cases of a noun may be ditinguished, viz., by the little words a, na, o, no, te, i, e, and ia.

EXAMPLES.
haavà, a judge.
SINGULAR
Nom.Te haavâ, the judge.
Gen.No te haavâ, of or belonging to the judge.
Dat.I te haavâ, to the judge.
Acc.I te haavâ, the judge.
Voc.E te haavâ e, o judge.
Abl.E, i, or na, te haavâ, by the judge.
PLURAL.
N.Te mau haavâ, the judges.
G.No te mau haavâ, of or belonging to the judges.
D.I te mau haavâ, to the judges.
A.I te mau haavâ, the judges.
V.E te mau haavâ e, o judges.
Ab.E, i, or na, te mau haavâ, by the judges.
Substitutive pronoun, mea, such an one.
SINGULAR.
 
N.O mea, such an one.
G.No mea, of such an one.
D.Ia mea, to such an one.
A.Ia mea, such an one.
V.E mea e, o such an one.
Ab.E, ia, or na, mea, by such an one.
OF THE ADJECTIVE

The adjective is commonly placed after the noun to express its quality; as, taata maitai, a good man, Atua mana, a powerful God, raau maoro, a long tree, te rai teitei, the lofty sky, te ofai teimaha, the heavy stone, parau paari, wise speech.

In some few instances the Tahitian adjectives correspond in number with the nouns to which they belong, as:

SINGULAR.
PLURAL.
E taata maitai, a good man,E taata maitatai. good men.
E taata ino, a bad man,E taata iino, bad men.
E raau rahi, a large tree,E raau rarahi, large trees.

The word mau might be inserted; as, mau taata maitatai, good men.

There is nothing in the adjective itself to denote comparison, or degrees of qualities, this is done by the aid of particles, i, ae, atu, hau, roa, ino, and e, as:

E mea maitai, a good thing.
E mea maitai ae, a better thing in a small degree.
E mea ino, a bad thing.
E mea ino ae, a worse thing, or a little worse.
Teitei, high, teitei ae, a little higher.
Rahi, great, rahi ae, a little greater.
Rahi atu, great beyond the thing compared.
Rahi roa, very great.
Rahi roa atu, greater still, or beyond.
Rahi roa ino, atu, immoderately great.

Sometimes the word hau is used when two things are compared; as, o tei hau ïa i te rahi, that outstretches, or outdoeth in greatness. Hau ato is also used, when it is still greater, as:

E mea maoro, a long thing.
Ua hau teie i te maoro, this is longer.
Ua hau atu hoi teie, this is still longer.
Ua hau e atu teie, this is much longer than any of them.

Another way of comparing is by placing the adjective before the noun that is to be compared with another, and inserting the preposition i or ia between those two; as, e rahi teie i tera, this is great to that, or e iti teie itera, this is little to that. E rahi Tahiti i Moorea, Tahiti is great to Moorea; e rahi atu Beretane, Britain is great beyond Tahiti; e rahi roa'tu America, America is great beyond them all.

Sometimes an accumulation of epithets is used to magnfy the greatness, or signify the littleness of an object; as, E mea ino rahi roa tu, a thing exceedingly bad, E mea iti haihai roa, a thing exceedingly little.


OF THE PRONOUNS.

The personal pronouns are used in the Tahitian with peculiar precision, they are of three sorts, singular, dual, and plural.

SINGULAR PRONOUNS.
1st. Person, O Vau, I.
2d. Person, O oe, Thou.
3d. Person, O oia, he, She, or it.
O mea is also often used as a substantive pronoun in the 3d. person singular, answering to such an one.
DUAL PRONOUNS.
1. {O Taua, Thou and I, or we two.
O Maua, He and I, or I the speaker, and another.
 2. O Orua, Ye two.
 3. O Raua, They, two persons spoken of.
PLURAL PRONOUNS.
1. {O Tatou, ye and I, or we and you, and our party.
O Matou, we, three or more.
 2. O Outou, you or ye, three or more.
 3. O Ratou, they, three or more.

Vera is also a plural indefinite pronoun of the third person. It is commonly used in speaking of persons in their presence, and may be either dual or plural.

The pronouns have no distinction of gender but the cases are distinguished as follows:

SINGULAR.
N. O Vau, I.
G. Na'u, no'u, mine.
D. Ia'u, to me.
A. Ia'u, Me
Ab.Ia, na, or e au, by me.
DUAL.
N. { O taua, Thou and I, or we two.
O maua, He and I.
G. { Na taua, no taua, Ours, two.
Na maua, no maua, His and mine.
D. & A. { Ia taua, us two, to us, &c.
Ia maua, him and me, to him and me.
Ab. { Ia, na, or e taua, by us two.
Ia. na, or e maua, by him and me.

N. O orua, ye two.
G. Na orua, no orua, belonging to you two.
D. & A. ia orua, ye two, to you two, &c.
Ab. Ia, na, or e orua, by you two.

N. O raua, they two.
G. Na raua, no raua, theirs, two.
D. & A. Ia raua, them two, to them.
Ab. Ia, na, or e raua, by them.
PLURALS.
N. { O tatou, ye and I.
O matou, we three or more.
G. { na tatou, no tatou, ours, ye and I.
Na matou, no matou, ours three or more.
D. & A. { Ia tatou, to us and party.
Ia matou, us three or more, to us.
Ab. { Ia, na, or e tatou, by us and party.
Ia, na, or e matou, by us three or more.


 N. O outou, you or ye, three or more.
 G. Na outou, yours, three or more.
D. & A. Ia outou, you three or more, to you, &c.
Ab. Ia, na, or e outou, by you three or more, &c.
 N. O ratou, they, three, or more.
 G. na ratou, no ratou, theirs, three or more.
D. & A. Ia ratou, them, three or more, to them, &c.
Ab. Ia, na, or e ratou, by them, three or more.
THE INDEFINITE PLURAL, Verâ.
 N. O verâ, they.
 G. Na verâ, no verâ, theirs.
D. & A. Ia verâ, them, to them, &c.
Ab. Ia, na, or e verâ, by them.
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
SINGULAR.

1st. person, Na'u, no'u, ta'u, to'u,a'u, o'u, mine.
2d. person, Na oe, no oe, ta oe, to oe, a oe, o oe, thy, thine.
3d. person, Na'na, no'na, ta'na, to'na, a'na, o'na, his, hers, its.

As ana and ona appear to be both used as pronouns of the 3d. person singular, so it appears also that the possessives, na'na, no'na, ta'na, to'na, a'na, o'na, and the objective ia'na, are contractions of na ana, no ona, ta ana, to ona, a ana, o ona, ia ana or ia ona.

Sometimes the possessive pronouns of the singular, differ from the above, and may be called neuter or universal possessives, as they regard not the difference of na and no, as,


1st. person, Tau, my, (rather than mine.)
2d. person, To, thy.
3d. person, Tana, (pronounced short) his, hers, its.

Sometimes another deviation from the common rule occurs, viz.; substituting the possessive of the first person singalar, for the second, omitting the apostrophe only; as, tau, tou, nau, nou, au, ou, for ta oe, to oe, na oe, no oe, &c. It seems to be a complimentary form, like the English you for thou.

DUAL.

1st. person. Na taua, no taua, ta taua, to taua, a taua, o taua, Ours, (two myself and another I am speaking to.
    Na maua, no maua, ta maua, to maua, a maua, o maua, mine and his or hers.
2d. person. Na orua, no orua, ta orua, to orua, a orua, o orua, belonging to you two.
3d. person. Na raua, no raua, ta raua, to raua, a raua, o raua, theirs (two) that I am speaking of.

PLURAL.

1st person. Na tatou, no tatou, ta tatou, to tatou, a tatou, o tatou, Ours, I or we, and the party addressed.
    Na matou, no matou, ta matou, to matou, a matou, o matou. Ours, three or more.
2d. person. Na outou, no outou, ta outou, to outou, a outou, Yours, three or more.
3d. person. Na ratou, no ratou, ta ratou, to ratou, a ratou, o ratou, Theirs, three or more.

There are distinctions as to the use of na, ta, and a, and of no, to, and o, the following are examples; Na vai te maa? whose is the food? Na mea, it belongs to such a one. Parau na te Atua, the word of God. Te oĕ na Golia, the sward of Goliath. Tamaiti na te arii, the King's son. Fare no te Atua, the house of God. Fenua no Iseraela, the land of israel. Te Atua no te rai, the god of heaven. Ta'na maa, his food; to'naahu; his cloth; ta'na parau, his word; to'na reo, his voice; aita a'na maa, he has no food; aita o'na ahu, he has no garments, aita o'na manao, he has no thoughts, &c.


RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

The relative pronouse are tei, o tei, na'na, eaha, vai, taua, teihea, and tei reira, answering to sho, which, that and what; as, E ao to'na o tei matau ia Iehova, Blessed is he who feareth the Lord. Te taata na'na te hara ra, the man whose the sin is. Oia te taua mau ra. o tei haapao maitai mai i te ati raa ra, he is a true friend, whois faithful in adversity. Taua mea i parau hia ra, the thing that was spoken of. Taua taata ra, that man. E ere ra to tei reira fenua anae ra, "and not for that nation only." John, xi. 52. Aha or eaha, vai, and teihea are used interrogatively only; as, Eaha taua mea ra? What is that thing? Eaha tena? What is that (by you.) Eaha te Atua? E Varua. What is God? A Spirit. O vai te haere? Who goes? Na vai te taoa? Those propery? or to whom does it belong. Tei ia vai te taoa? With whom is the property? Teihea te huru? What is its likeness? Teihea te maitai, teie anei, e tera anei? Which is the best, this or that? Vai, is commonly applied to persons, and eaha to things, as who and which are uned in English. Vai is thus declined;

 N.O vai? Who?
 G.Na vai? no vai? Whose?
D. & A.Ia vai, Whom? to whom?
Ab. E, Ia, or na vai? by whom?


DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS

The demonstrative pronouns are, teie, teie nei, eie, eie nei, referring to a thing, or things at hand, and tera, era, tena, ena, to things at a distance. Teie, seems to answer exactly to the French ceci, this, and teie nei, to celui ci and celle ci, this here close at hand; but sometimes the t is dropped, and eie or eie nei used; as, teie taata, this man, teie nei vahine, this woman here, I naha eie pue o' epiti, "behold here are (or these) two swords." Luke xxii, 38. Epiti eie, these two, or two these, (literally) i eie nei pue mahana, these days (ces jours ci.) Luke xxiv, 18.

Teie nei mau mea, these things here. Tera, that at a distance, as celui la and cella la, that there; tera mau mea, those things at a distance, ceux la and celles la. Tera taata, that man at a distance.

Tena is also that at a distance, but it differs from tera in being addressed to the person or persons at the place where the thing pointed at is, or is supposed to be, the na is sometimes added; as tena na mau mea, those things at the place or near the place of the person addressed. Outou na, you there, that I am speaking to.

Taua, its contractive aua, and ïa are also often used as demonstrative pronouns, when taua or aua are used, they ought to be followed by ra, nei, or na, in some part of the same sentence; as, taua peropheta ra, that prophet expected, or spoken of. Taua mea nei, that thing here mentioned or understood. Taua taata i parau hia ra, that man spoken of. Taua taata na, that man before mentioned. Ia, is used often as a demonstrative, as Oia ïa, that is ie, or it is that, O vau ïa I am that, or I am he or it. The ïa by a peculîar idiom of the Tahitians is often used as a demonstrative, where no such word would be used in English; as, "E peropheta ï oia," he is a prophet. John ix. 17. "Na'u ïa ratou i tiai i to ioa na." I kept them in thy name. John xvii, 12.

There are other words sometimes used as indefinite pronouns, viz. e tahi, ve tahi, fanu, too fanu, te hoe pae, e tahi pae, &c., as Te paraparau ra etahi pae, te haapii raa ve tahi, te parahi noa ra te hoe pae, te papai raa te rahi; some are conversing, others are learning, some are sitting idle, but most are writing. E fanu iă, some fish. E toofanu mau Pharisea, some of the Pharisees.

The Tahitian personal and possessive pronouns are often made emplatic by affixing of adding to them the particle iho, answering to the English self. It implies not only emphasis but opposition also, as na'na iho i parau, he spoke of it himself. Na'na iho i hamani, he made it himself, without the assistance of another. This particle always identifies the person, time, place, or thing, spoken of.

PERSONS SINGULAR.
Nom. O vau iho, myself.
O oe iho, thyself.
O oia iho, himself, herself, itself.
PERSONS DUAL.
Nom. O taua iho, Thou and I ourselves.
O maua iho, He and I ourselves.
O orua iho, You two yourselves.
O raua iho, They two, themselves
PERSONS PLURAL.
O tatou iho, ourselves, I or we speaking and another, and so of matou iho, outou iho, ratou iho.
Gen. Na'u iho, no'u iho, ta'u iho, to'u iho, a'u iho, o'u iho, mine myself, not another's; and so of
Na oe iho, ta oe iho, to oe iho, a oe iho, o oe iho.
Na'na iho, no'na iho, ta'na iho, to'na iho, &c.
Na taua iho, no taua iho, ta taua iho, &c.
Na matou iho, no matou iho, &c.
Na outout iho, &c.
Na tatou iho, &c.
D. & A. Ia'u iho, myself, to myelf.
Ia oe iho, thyself, to thyself.
Ia'na iho, himself, to himself.
And so of all the following.
Ia taua iho, ia maua iho, ia orua iho, &c.
Ia tatou iho, ia matou iho, ia outou iho, &c.
Ab. N'au iho, &c., by me, &c.

OF VERBS.

The Verbs in Tahitian are of three sorts, active, passive, and neuter. A verb active is such as hinaaro, to love, amu, to eat; as, te hinaaro nei au i te parau maitai, I love the good word. Te amt nei au i te maa, I eat the food.

A Verb passive is commonly known by the particle his being added to it, as hinaaro hia, loved, e mea hiaaaro hia e au te parau maitai, the good word is loved by me. The verb neuter is such as noho, to sit, tia to stand, it declares the being, state, or condition, of the person or thing mentioned; as, pohe, to be sick or dead, te ara ra oia, he is awake; te taot ra, he is asleep.

But besides being distinguished as active, passive, and neuter, most Tahitian verbs have a causative active, and a causative passive form, resembling the Hebrew conjugation termed Hiphil, and its passive Huphal. All the regular active verbs may therefore be conjugated four different ways, as, for example; ite, to know; faaite, to cause knowledge, or make known; ite hia, known; faaite hia to cause to be known.

The causative form of the verb is denoted by prefixing faa, haa or ta, to the verb; the passive by adding to particle hia, or in some instances the a; the causative passive by prefixing faa, haa, or ta, and affixing the hia; as, faa ora hia, faa amu hia, haa mau hia, &c.

The neuter verbs, and most, if not all the nouns, may be turned into causative active verbs by prefixing the faa, haa, or ta, and into the causative passive by adding the hia; as, mate, to be dead, haamate, to cause death, haa mate hia, to be caused to be killed or slain, or to be caused to be in a state of mate, or death. E vaa, a canoe, haa vaa, to get a canoe, (or literally to cause a canoe,) haa vaa hia, to canse a canoe to be obtained.

The Verbs have three persons, the singular, vau, oe, oia, ana or ona; the dual, taua, maua, orua, raua; and the plural, tatou, matou, outou, and ratou, beside the indefinite vera, and the substitutive mea.

The verbs have the following modes or moods; the Indicative, the parau nei, speaks here; the Imperative, a parau, speak, or do speak; and the Subjunctive, ahiti parau, e parau atu vau, had I any thing to speak, I would speak. There are four tenses or time, in which the verb speaks; viz., the present; as, te papai nei au, I write, or am now writing; the imperfect, te papai ra vau, I was (then) writing, the perfect, i papai na vau, I wrote or have written, the future, e papai au, I shall or will write. These four tenses have commonly these marks, the present is denoted by prefixing te to the verb, and inserting nei between it and the pronoun; the imperfect by prefixing the te and inserting the ra instead of the nei; the perfect by prefixing an i to the verb, and adding the na; the future by prefixing the e.

Should it be thought more convenient or regular to reduce the conjugations to two, then the first would be the verb active; as, hinaaro to love, and its passive hinaarohia, loved; and its second conjugation would be, faa hinaaro, to cause to love, and its passive, faa hinaaro hia, caused to be loved. But inconveniences would attend this method in respect of neuter verbs, &c.; as, manao, haamanao, manao hia, &c.

The nei and the ra are marks of locality as well as of time, as for example; te papai nei oia, he writes here at this place, and te papai ra oia, he writes or is writing there, at that place, but the tense is the present.

E HAAPII TO TEACH. (VERB ACTIVE.)

INDICATIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
pers, sing.
Te haapii nei au, I teach,
2
- - - - -
Te haapii nei oe, Thou teachest
3
- - - - -
Te haapii nei oia, He she, or it teaches.
1
dual,
{ Te haapii nei taua, I and thou teach.
The haapii nei maua, I and he teach.
2
- - - - -
Te haapii nei orua, You two teach.
3
- - - - -
Te haapii nei raua, They two teach.
1
plural,
{ Te haapii nei tatou, I or we and party addressed, teach.
Te haapii nei matou, We 3 or more, teach.
2
- - - - -
Te haapii nei outou, You 3 or more, teach.
3
- - - - -
Te haapii nei ratou, They 3 or more, teach.

Imperfect Tense.
sing. Te haapii ra vau, I taught or did then teach.
2- - -Te haapii ra oe, Thou taughtest or did then teach.
3- - -Te haapii ra oia, He she or it taught or did then teach.
Dual, Te haapii ra taua, maua, orua, raua, etc.
PluralTe haapii ra tatou, matou, outout, ratou, etc.
Perfect Tense.
pers. sing.I haapii na vau, I have taught.
2
- - - - -
I haapii na oe, Thou hast taught.
3
- - - - -
I haapii na oia, He she or it has taught.
Pers. dual. - I haapii na taua, maua, orua, raua, etc.
Pers. plural, I haapii na tatou, matou, outou, etc.
Future Tense.
1pers. sing. E haapii au, I will or shall teach.
2
- - - -
E haapii oe, Thou wilt or shalt teach.
3
- - - -
E haapii oia, He, she or it will or shall teach.
Pers. dual. - E haapii taua, maua, orua, raua, etc.
Pers. plural. E haapii tatou, matou, outou, ratou, etc.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
2pers. sing. A haapii oe, teach thou, or do thou teach.
3
- - - -
E haapii oia, let him or her teach.
2pers. dual. A haapii orua, teach you two, or do you, etc.
3
- - - -
E haapii raua, let them two teach.
2pers. plural. A haapii outou, teach you three or more.
3
- - - -
E haapii ratou, let them 3 or more, teach.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.

The present tense of the subjunctive is usually the same as the indicative, the condition being implied and understood from the connection, as follows.

sing. Te haapii nei au, If I teach or am teaching.
2
- -
Te haapii nei oe, If thou teach, or art teaching.
3
- -
Te haapii nei oia, If he, she, or it teach, etc.
Dual.Te haapii nei taua, maua, orua, etc.
Plural.Te haapii nei tatou, matou, outou, etc.

Sometimes the conditional conjuction Ahiri, if, is prefixed to the verb, and the tense appears to be the present imperfect, as:

sing.Ahiri te haapii nei au, If I were now teaching or were now to teach.
2
- -
Ahiri te haapii nei oe, If thou wert now teaching, or wert now to teach.
3
- -
Ahiti te haapii nei oia, If he were now teaching, or were he now to teach.
And the same in all the duals and plurals.
Imperfect Tense.
sing. Ahiri te haapii ra vau, If I were then teaching.
2
- -
Ahiri te haapii ra oe, If thou taught or wert then teaching.
3
- -
Ahiri te haapii ra oia, If he, she or it taught, or were then teaching.
And the same of all the duals and plurals.
Perfect Tense.
sing. I haapii na vau, If I have taught.
2
- -
I haapii na oe,If thou have taught.
3
- -
I haapii na oia,If he, she, or it have taught.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense
sing. E haapii au ra, If I shall or wil teach.
2
- -
E haapii oe ra, If thou shalt or wilt teach.
3
- -
E haapii oia ra, If he or she shall or will teach.
The same of the duals, and plurals.
   It is also common to prefix ia to the verb when in the future of the subjunctive; as,
sing. Ia haapii au, If I will or shall teach.
2
- -
Ia haapii oe, If thou wilt or shalt teach.
3
- -
Ia haapii oia, If he or she will or shall teach.
And the same of the duals, and plurals.
Or thus, Ia haapii au ra, oe ra, oia ra, etc.

HAAPII HIA, TO BE TAUGHT. (VERB PASSIVE.)

INDICATIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
1 sing. Te haapii hia nei vau, I am taught.
2
- -
Te haapii hia nei oe, Thou art taught.
3
- -
Te haapii hia nei oia, He of she is taught.
The same of the duals, taua, maua, etc.
And of the plurals tatou, matou, etc.
Imperfect Tense.
1 sing. Te haapii hia ra vau, I was (then) taught.
2
- -
Te haapii hia ra oe, Thou wast taught.
3
- -
Te haapii hia ra oia, He or she was taught.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Perfect Tense.
sing. I haapii hia na vau, I have been taught.
2I haapii hia na oe,Thou hast been taught.
3 - I haapii hia na oia,He or she has been taught.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 sing. E haapii hia vau, I shall or will be taught.
2
- -
E haapi hia oe,Thou shalt or wilt be taught.
3
- -
E haapii hia oia,He or she, shall or will be taught.
The same of the duals and plurals.
IMPERATIVE MOOD

The passive verb is often used imperatively, as haapii hia when the subject or person is not mentioned but understood, it is generally, however, so used when the adverbs of prohibition eiaha, or auaa, precede; as, eiaha e haapii hia, let (him, her or it, understood) not be taught, auaa e parau hia tu, let (the person understood) not be addressed or spoken to.

The imperative of passive verbs is very often expressed by way of wishing or intreating, and is much used in prayers or supplicatory addresses; as,

1 sing. Ia haapii hia vau, may I or let me be taught.
2
- -
Ia haapii hia oe, mayest thou, or be thou taught.
3
- -
Ia haapii hia oia, may he or she be taught.
The same of the duals and plurals.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD --Present Tense.
1 sing. Te haapii hia nei au, If I be taught.
2
- -
Te haapii hia nei oe, If thou be taught.
3
- -
Te haapii hia nei oia, If he or she be taught.
The same of the duals and plurals.

The condition of this tense is commonly understood by the connection, or tone of voice, so as not to be mistaken.

This tense is also often used like the present and perfect, without expressing the condition; as,

E haapii hia vau, oe, oia, taua, maua, &c., tatou, &c.

Imperfect Tense

1 s. Ahiri te haapii hia ra vau, If I were then taught.
2--Ahiri te haapii hia ra oe, If thou wert then taught.
3--Ahiri te haapii hia ra oia, If he or she were then taught.
  The same of the duals and plurals.
Perfect Tense.
1 sing. I haapii hia na vau, If I have been taught
2
- -
I haapii hia na oe, If thou have been taught.
3
- -
I haapii hia na oia, If he or she have been taught.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 sing.Ia haapii hia vau, If I shall or will be taught.
2
- -
Ia haapii hia oe, if thou wilt or shalt be taught.
3
- -
Ia haapii hia oia, if he or she will or shall be taught.
The same of the duals and plurals.

TAOTO, (or moe) to sleep, (Verb neuter.)
INDICATIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
1 sing. Te taoto nei au, I sleep.
2
- -
Te taoto nei oe, Thou sleepest.
3
- -
Te taoto nei oia, He, she, or it sleeps.
The same of the duals and plurals,
Imperfect Tense.
1 sing. Te taoto ra vau, I slept, or was then asleep.
2
- -
Te taoto ra oe, Thou didst sleep, or wast then asleep.
3
- -
Te taoto ra oia, He she or it slept, or was then asleep.
The same of the duals and plurals
Perfect Tense
1 sing. I taoto na vau, I have slept.
2
- -
I taoto na oe, Thou hast slept.
3
- -
I taoto na oia, He she, or it has slept.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 sing. E taoto vau, I will or shall sleep.
2
- -
E taoto oe, Thou wilt or shalt sleep.
3
- -
E taoto oia, He she or it will or shall sleep.
The same of the duals and plurals.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
2 sing.A taoto oe, sleep thou, or do thou sleep.
3
- - -
E taoto oia, let him or her sleep.
2 dual.A taoto orua, sleep you two.
3
- - -
E taoto raua, let them (two) sleep.
2 plural A taoto outou, sleep you, three or more.
3
- - -
E taoto ratou, let them (three or more) sleep.

Sometimes in the imperative the pronoun is omitted, but understood from the circumstances; as, A taoto na, sleep. the na being often added to the verb.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
1 sing. Ahiri te taoto nei au, If I be asleep.
2
- -
Ahiri te taoto nei oe, If thou be asleep.
3
- -
Ahiri te taoto nei oia, If he or she be asleep.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Imperfect Tense.
1 sing. Ahiri te taoto ra vau, If I were asleep, or
was then asleep.
2
- -
Ahiri te taoto ra oe, If thou wert asleep, or
wast then asleep.
3
- -
Ahiri te taoto ra oia. If he, or she were asleep, or
was then asleep.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Perfect Tense.
1 sing. I taoto na vau, If I have slept.
2
- -
I taoto na oe, if thou have slept.
3
- -
I taoto na oia, If he, she or it have slept,
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 sing. Ia taoto vau, If I will or shall sleep.
2
- -
Ia taoto oe, If thou wilt or shalt sleep.
3
- -
Ia taoto oia, If he, she or it will or shall sleep.
The same of the duals and plurals.

Or it may be thus expressed, ahiri, vau, oe, oia, taua, &c., e taoto, or ahiri e taoto vau, oe &c., or else without the condition expressed thus, E taoto vu ra, if, or should I sleep, and so of the other pronouns.

The Infinitive of the foregoing verbs, is merely the verb itself, as, haapii, haapii hia, and taoto, or thus by prefixing an e, E haapii, to teach, E haapiihia to be taught, and E taoto, or e moe, to sleep.

As to what is termed a Participle, there is in Tahitian nothing, apparently, that is sufficient to denominate it a different part of speech or even a different modification of the verb, except it be in the words taiha, and otoha, crying or saluting; but they appear to be nouns, and so

are hamaniraa hia, the time or place of making, parauraa hia, the time or place of speaking, faaoraraa hîa, the healing, or time or place of healing, &c.

An example of a regular Tahitian Verb in all its conjugations, moods and tenses.

MAU, to hold.--First conjugation.
INDICATIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
1 sing. Te mau nei au, I hold.
2
- -
Te mau nei oe.Thou holdest.
3
- -
Te mau nei oia, He or she holds.
p. dual. Te mau nei taua, maua, orua, rana.
p. plur. Te mau nei tatou, matou. etc.
Imperfect Tense.
1 sing. Te mau ra vau, I held, or did then hold.
2
- -
Te mau ra oe, Thou heldest or didst then hold.
3.
- -
Te mau ra oia, he or she held.
Perfect Tense.
1 sing. I mau na vau, I have held.
2
- -
I mau na oe, Thou hast held.
3
- -
I mau na oia, He or she has held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 sing. E mau au, I will or shall hold.
2
- -
E mau oe, Thou wilt or shalt hold.
3
- -
E mau oia, He or she will or shall hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
2
sing,
Mau oe, hold thou, or do thou hold.
3
- - -
Mau oia, let him or her hold.
1
dual.
Mau taua hold thou and I.
2
- - -
Mau orua, do you two hold.
3
- - -
Mau raua, let them two hold.
1 plural. Mau tatou, let us, three or more, hold.
2
- - -
Mau outou, hold you, three or more.
3
- - -
Mau ratou, let them, three or more, hold.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
1 sing. Te mau nei au, If I hold.
2
- -
Te mau nei oe, If thou hold.
3
- -
Te mau nei oia, If he or she hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Imperfect Tense.
1 s. Ahiri te mau ra vau, If I held or did then hold.
2
-
Ahiri te mau ra oe, If thou held or didst then hold.
3
-
Ahiri te mau ra oia, If he or she held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Perfect Tense.
1 sing. I mau na vau, If I have held.
2
- -
I mau na oe, If thou have held.
3
- -
I mau na oia, If he or she have held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 sing. E mau au ra, If i will or hall hold.
2
- -
E mau au ra, If I will or shall hold.
3
- -
E mau oia ra, if he or she will or shall hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.

Or it may be expressed thus, Ia mau au, Ia mau oe, Ia mau oia, taua, maua, &c., commonly adding the ra.

2d. Conjugation, HAAMAU, causing to hold.
INDICATIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
1 s. Te haamau nei au, I cause to hold, or do cause to hold.
2 - Te haamau nei oe, Thou causest to hold.
3 - Te haamau nei oia, He or she causes to hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Imperfect Tense.
1 sing. Te haamau ra vau, I (then) caused to hold.
2
- -
Te haamau ra oe, Thou causedst to hold.
3
- -
Te haamau ra oia, He or she caused to hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Perfect Tense.
1 sing, I haamau na vau, I have caused to hold.
2
- -
I haamau na oe, Thou hast caused to hold.
3
- -
I haamau na oia, He or she has caused to hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 s. E haamau au, I will or shall cause to hold.
2
-
E haamau oe, Thou wilt or shalt cause to hold.
3
-
E haamau oia, he or she will or shall cause to hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

2
s.
A haamau na oe, cause thou to hold.
3
- -
E haamau oia, let him or her cause to hold.
1 dual E haamau taua, do you and I cause to hold.
2
- -
A haamau na orua, let you two cause to hold.
3
- -
E haamau raua, let them two cause to hold.
1 plur. E haamau tatou, let us 3, or more, cause to hold.
2
- -
E haamau outou, let you 3, or more, cause to hold.
3
- -
E haamau ratou, let them 3, or more, cause to hold.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.

1 sing. Te haamau nei au, If I cause to hold.
2
- -
Te haamau nei oe, If thou cause to hold.
3
- -
Te haamau nei oia, If he or she cause to hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Imperfect Tense.
sing. Ahiri te haamau ra vau, If I then caused to hold.
2 - Ahiri te haamau ra oe. If thou didst cause to hold.
3 -Ahiri te haamau ra oia, If he or she caused to hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.
perfect Tense.
1 sing. I haamau na vau, If I have caused to hold.
2
- -
I haamau na oe, if thou have caused to hold.
3
- -
I haamau na oia, If he or she have caused to hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 sing. Ia haamau au, If I will or shall cause to hold.
2
- -
Ia haamau oe, If thou wilt or shalt cause to hold.
The same of the duals and plurals.
MAU HIA, to be held.--3d. Conjugation.
INDICATIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
1 sing. Te mau hia nei au, I am held.
2
- -
Te mau hia nei oe, Thou art held.
3
- -
Te mau hia nei oia, He or she is held.
The same of the dual and plurals.
Imperfect Tense.
1 sing. Te mau hia ra vau, I was (then) held.
2
- -
Te mau hia ra oe, Thou wast held.
3.
- -
Te mau hia ra oia, he or she was held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Perfect Tense.
1 sing. I mau hia na vau, I have been held.
2
- -
I mau hia na oe, Thou hast been held.
3
- -
I mau hia na oia, He or she has been held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 sing. E mau hia vau, I will or shall be held.
2
- -
E mau hia oe, Thou wilt or shalt be held.
3
- -
E mau hia oia, He or she will or shall be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
1 sing. Ia mau hia vau, may I or let me be held.
2
- -
Ia mau hia oe, mayest thou, or be thou held.
3
- -
Ia mau hia oia, may he or she be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
1 sing. Te mau hia nei au, If I be held.
2
- -
Te mau hia nei oe, If thou be held.
3
- -
Te mau hia nei oia, If he or she be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Imperfect Tense.
1 sing. Te mau hia ra vau, If I were or was then held.
2
- -
Te mau hia ra oe, if thou wert held.
3
- -
Te mau hia ra oia, If he or she were held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Perfect Tense.
1 sing. I mau hia na vau, If I have been held.
2
- -
I mau hia na oe, If thou have been held.
3
- -
I mau hia na oia, If he or she have been held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 sing. Ia mau hia vau, If I will or shall be held.
2
- -
Ia mau hia oe, If thou wilt or shalt be held.
3
- -
Ia mau hia oia, If he or she will or shall be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.

4th. Conjugation, HAAMAU HIA, causing to be held.

INDICATIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
1 sing. Te haamau hia nei au, I am caused to be held.
2
- -
Te haamau hia nei oe, Thou art caused to be held.
3
- -
Te haamau hia nei oia, He or she is caused to be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Imperfect Tense.
1 s. Te haamau hia ra vau, I was then caused to be held.
2
-
Te haamau hia ra oe, Thou wast caused to be held.
3
-
Te maamau hia ra oia, He or she was caused to be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Perfect Tense.
1 s. I haamau hia na vau, I have been caused to be held.
2
-
I haamau hia na oe, Thou hast been caused to be held.
3
-
I haamau hia na oia, He or she has been caused to be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 s. E haamau hia vau, I will or shall be caused to be held.
2
-
E haamau hia oe, Thou wilt or shalt be caused to be held.
3
-
E haamau hia oia, He or she will or shall be caused to be held
The same of the duals and plurals.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
1 s. Ia haamau hia vau, may i be caused to be held.
2
-
Ia haamau hia oe, mayest thou be caused to be held.
3
-
Ia haamau hia oia, may he or she be caused to be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.--Present Tense.
1 s. Te haamau hia nei au, If I be caused to be held.
2
-
Te haamau hia nei oe. If thou be caused to be held.
3
-
The haamau hia nei oia, If he or she be caused to be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Imperfect Tense
1 s. Te haamau hia ra vau, If I was then or were caused to be held.
2
-
Te haamau hia ra oe, If thou wert caused to be held.
3
-
Te haamau hia ra oia, If he or she were caused to be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Perfect Tense.
1 s. I haamau hia na vau, If I have been caused to be held.
2
-
I haamau hia na oe, If thou have been caused to be held.
3
-
I haamau hia na oia, If he or she have been caused to be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.
Future Tense.
1 s. Ia haamau hia vau, If I will or shall be caused to be held.
2
-
Ia haamau hia oe, If thou wilt or shalt be caused to be held.
3 Ia haamau hia oia, If he or she will or shall be caused to be held.
The same of the duals and plurals.

The above is the conjugation of a regular verb in its various modes, times, and significations; but there are in Tahitian, as in other languages, anomalous verbs of various kinds. Some are irregular in their form, others in their significations, or applications, as they are now used by the natives, such as ani to ask, faa ani, to give away.

Some are often used as auxiliaries to other verbs, and sometimes as principal verbs themselves, as pau, which commonly accompanies another principal passive verb; as, Ua pau i te amu hia, it is eaten or consumed by eating, sometimes it is used alone, signifying consumed, vanquished, or conquered.

Ua, is a particle of very frequent use, and may be considered as an affirmation or auxiliary verb of being, but not a distinctive mark of tense. It is prefixed to verbs to signify, that the action expressed by the verb has taken place, or is now existing, or shall exist or take place in connection with some act or circumstance, mentioned or impled, as for instance, "A vavahi na teienei nao, e ua rui toru anae ua tia faahou ïa ia'u. John ii. 19.

It is moreover used as a prefix to all kinds of adjectives affirming the present existence of the quality mentioned, and strongly implying its former absence, or the want of; as,

 Ua ine, it is (now) bad,  Ua meumeu, it is thick.
Ua maitai, it is now good,Ua rairai, it is this.
Ua poto, it is short,Ua ereere, it is black.
Ua roa, it is long,Ua teatea, it is white.
Ua teitei, it is high,Ua rearea, it is yellow.
Ua haahaa, it is low,Ua uraura, it is red.

Most nouns may be turned into different kinds of verbs in the following manner;

Nouns.      Verbs Active.      Verbs passive.
 Aho,     faa aho      aho hia.
Amaafaa amaaamaa hia.
Amaefaa amaeamae hia.
Anaefaa anaeanae hia.
Etefaa eteete hia.
Ioafaa ioaioa hia.
Fatafaa fatafata hia.
Farefaa farefare hia.
Papetapapepape hia.
Manaohaamanaomanao hia.
Adjectives are turned into Verbs thus:
Adjectives,        Verbs Active,  Verbs of the 4th conjug.
   Aano   faa aano      faa aano hia.
Ifaa ifaa i hia.
Itifaa itifaa iti hia.
Itoitofaa itoitofaa itoito hia.
Fatatafaa fatatafaa fatata hia.
Maitaihaamaitaihaa maitai hia.
Nehenehefaanehenehefaa nehenehe hia.
   Verbs neuter.  Verbs active.  Verbs of the 4th conjug.
Ara  faa ara  faa ara hia.
Atafaa atafaa ata hia.
Moehaa moefaa moe hia.
Nohofaa nohofaanoho hia.
Taotofaa taotofaataoto hia.
Varehaavarehaavare hia.

Some words are used as nouns and verbs neuter without any alteration but in the 2d. and 4th conj., thus:

matepohe
Nouns.  Verbs neuter.  V. of the 2d.  V. of the 4th conj.
  Ora   ora   faaora   faaora hia.
Matehaamatehaamate hia.
Pohehaapohehaapohe hia.
Eaeafaaeafaaea hia.
Otootofaaotofaaotohia.

But besides the above mentioned distinctions of the verbs, there are others of reduplication, not yet taken notice of, and those of reduplication, not yet taken notice of, and those of various forms.

Some appear to have a duality of nunber, although not always perhaps definite, such as popohe, hohore, rereva, apipiti, &c. Others, signifying a repetition of the action have the whole verb doubled, as hiohio, revareva, &c.

But the greatest number in repeating the verb, drop a wyllable or a letter, some in the first, as hahaere, paraparau, horohoroi, hohoe, &c., others in the last part of the compound; as, opanipani, patiatia, amuimui, manaonao, faarooroo, apoopoo, faaiteite, faatiatia, tipaopao, aroharoha, vaiihoiho, &c., others differ from all these in their form or application, as, pararahi parahirahi, pararau, &c.

The following is a list of them:


Horo, to run, hohoro, when two persons run together.
Hoo, to barter, buy or sell, hohoo, when two persons do so.
Pou, to descend or come down, popou, when two persons descend together.
Pohe, to die, (mate is the common and old Polynesian word.) popohe, when two persons die together, hoe a popohe raa.
Reva, to go or depart, rereva, when two persons to together.

The greatest number, however, of the reduplicates, have no mark of number, but denote a repetition of the action, as in the following examples:


Amaha, to split or open, amahamaha, to do so repeatedly.
Amui, to associate, amuimui, to do so repeatedly.
Apoo, to meet or assemble for some business, apoopoo, to do so repeatedly.
Aroha to pity, love or compassionate, aroharoha to do so repeatedly.
Faaroo, to hear, faarooroo, to listen or hearken repeatedly, or hear repeated conversations.
Faaite, to make known, faaiteite, to make known repeatedly or by little and little.
Faatia, to relate or rehearse, faatiatia, to do so repeatedly, by taking by little any subject of discourse.
Feruri, to reason, or exercise the judgment, feruriruri, to do so repeatedly.
Haapii to teach, haapiipii, to do so repeatedly.
Hio, to look, hiohio, to act the spy by looking or prying into things repeatedly.
Haere, to go or move, hahaere, to repeat the motion.
Hopoi, to carry or convey, hopohopoi, to carry or convey repeatedly.
Huti, to pull or pluck, hutihuti, to pluck repeatedly, as the feathers of a fowl.
Haavare, to deceive, haavarevare, to cause repeated deceptions.
Horoi, to wash, horohoroi, to wash repeatedly.
Hoe, to paddle or row, hohoe, to do so repeatedly.
Mahemo, slipped off, mahemohemo, did so repeatedly.
Matara, loosened or got free, mataratara, a repetition of the same.
Manao, to think, manaonao, to exercise thoughts with anxiety or concern.
Ofati, to break, ofatifaiti, to do so repeatedly.
O oti, to cut, otioti, to repeat the action.
Opani, to shut as a door, opanipani, to repeat the same.
Patia, to strike, thrust or pierce, patiatia, to repeat the action.
Parahi, to dwell or abide, pararahi, to dwell or abide, applied to two persons; parahirahi to abide occasionally or for a little while. "No parahirahi ae i o outou." John, vii 33.
Parau, to speak, pararau applied to two conversing together, paraparau, to converse repeatedly. Paraparau raa, a conference or meeting for speaking.
Rave, to take or receive, raverave, to take in hand repeatedly, as a person waiting at table.
Tipao, to mark, tipaopao, to do so repeatedly.
Ui, to ask or inquire, uiui, to make repeated inquiries.
Utaru, to dig the ground, utarutaru, to do so repeatedly.
Vaiiho, to leave, vaiihoiho, to leave frequently.
OF ADVERBS.

There are in Tahitian, as in other languges, a great variety of adverbs, the principal of which are adverbs of time, place, order, quantity, quality, affirmation, negation, interrogation, comparison, doubting, indication, restriction, and prohibition.

Of Time.

Time present. Teie and teinei, now or this present instant, nei here, or this present instant.

Time past: Nauanei, to day (pat); nanahi, yesterday, ia, when, i nafea, when connected with an interrogation, time past; aenei, signifying the action past, or gone by; ra and aera have a similar meaning; hou, late or lately, as, hou aenei, or hou iho nei, lately, past, but not long ago; mutaa aenei, mutaa iho, and mutaa hio ra formerly.

Time to come: Aunei, or auanei, to day, (to come) and sometimes it signifies that an action will shortly take place; aria, presently; ariana by and by or shortly; ia roovauae, in a little while or shortly; ia roaroa iti ae, in a little time or presently; ia, when, future; ananahi, or apopo, to-morrow.

Time indefinite: Pinepine, often; roauiho, applied to an action often repeated; mahia, as, eita mahia, soon or quickly, vave, soon; vavevave, very soon, or speedily; reira, then.

Of Place.

Nei, here; ae, a little aside, or a small distance higher or lower, or farther off, iho, also determines the place of the action, similar to ae; aera and ra, signify distance aside; na, denotes the place where the person addressed is, and is opposed to nei; as, i o na, yonder with you; and i o nei, here with me; atu, and atura, denote the action to be passing from the speaker or agent, or the place understood; mai, maira and mai nei, the reverse, the aspect of the action being towards the person or place understood; reira, there, reiraiho, there at that very place.

The following are also used as adverbs, inia, above; iraro, below; i roto, within; i rapae, or i vaho, out, without; as, haere I nia, go above; haere i raro go below, &c.

Of Order.

Matamua or matamehai, first in order or foremost; muri iho or muri ae, that which comes close behind or afterwards; na, as oe na, thou first in order; mata na i te papai teienei, write this first. teihea te papai na? Which shall be written first? Teie na, this first.

Of Quantity.

Atira, enough, or (there is) a sufficiency; ariirea, a little or small quantity; rahi, much; e rahi, too much; iti, little; e iti, too little; noinoi, little or small; haihai, very little; as, e mea iti haihai roa, a very little thing; e raverahi, many; aita rea, few.

Of Quality.

Tia, right or straight; hape, wrong; ino, ill; maitai, well; teoteo, proud, or proudly; nehenehe, orderly or in good condition; purotu, comely; these, and many other adjectives seem to be used adverbially.

Of Affirmation.

E, yea, or yes; oia, yes, ïa, truly so, or truly it is it, or tht; oia mau truly so; parau mau, or taru mau, truth, or the very truth.

Of Negation.

Aore, aima, aina, aipa, aita, nay, nor not; aita roa, not at all, or by no means; (time past,) e ore, eita, eima, eina, the same negatives, with respect to what is future. The time of these adverbs is most exactly observed by the Tahitians.

Of Interrogations.

Eaha or aha? What? and sometimes why; as, Eaha i ore ai? Why not? No te aha? for what reason or cause? E hia? how many? applied to things. Toohia? how many? applied to persons. Nahea? how? or which way? Eihea? Where? or at what place? a thing or a person is to be. Teihea? Where? when the inquiry is about the place where a person or thing is supposed to be. Ahea or afea? When (future); na- hea and nafea when? time past, but the iis often prefixed, as, i nafea, when? i nanahi, yesterday.

Of Comparison.

Mai, like unto, mai ia'na te huru, like unto him; te huru a te huru, of one likeness. Mai ia'na te rahi, of one size of bigness with him; mai te reira, as that is; Mai ore mai ora, likely to be lost, or scarcely saved, but this is a pecular Tahitian phrase that can hardly be Englished. Mai ore mai noaa te boti ia matou. Acts. xxvii. 16.

Of Doubting or Contingency.

Paha, perhaps; peneiae, probably, or it may be; tia or tia ae. peradventure, or it may be.

Of Indication.

Ahio na! lo! hehold or take notice; na (without an aspirate) see here; i naha! behold with attention.

Of Restriction.

Anae, only; as, oia anae, he only; otahi or hoe, only, as tamaiti otahi, only son, or tamaiti hoe ra.

Of Prohibition.

Eiaha, not, do not, imperatively, as Eiaha e eia, do not steal. Eiaha e taparahi i te taata, do not commit murder. Auaa is used in the same way, as auaa haere, do no go.

The above are the principal adverbs in common use, but there are many more belonging to some of the above classes, and others, that may not strictly come under any of them.

OF PREPOSITIONS.

A great number of words appear to be used sometimes as adverbs, and sometimes as prepositions, the principal prepositions are the following;

Na, by na te Atua i hamani i te taata, man was made by God.


E, by, e mea hamani hia e ana, a thing made by him.
Na, for, na outou, for you, Na vai? for whom?
No, of, no te taata, of man. No te Atua, of God.
Ia to, hopoi atu ia mea, take it to such an one.
Tei nia, above, tei nia tei te rai, above in the sky.
Tei raro, below, tei raro tei te moana, below in the deep.
Tei roto, in, within, tei roto i te fare, in the house.
Tei vaho, or tei rapae, outside, without, opposite to teiroto.
I, to or at, i uta, at a place inland, e pura te Atua, pray to God.
Ma, with, ma te aau atoa.
Mua, before; muri, behind.
Ia, till; until, e tiai atu vau e ia tae mai oia ra. I will wait till he comes. Roto and rotopu, among.
   Iho, close by, by the side of. Fatata, nigh or near.
   Piha'e, and pihaiho, lying by the side of.

Also the signs of the cases of nouns, and the genitive and accusative of pronouns, are signified, for the most part, by the preposition, i, ia, na, no, ta, to, and a, and o, as mentioned before. Ti, or tei, answers to in, but is commonly prefixed to roto, or rapae; as, tei roto, tei rapae; sometimes otherwise; as, tei te pahi, in the ship; tei te fare in the house.

OF CONJUNCTIONS.

The usual words in Tahitian to join sentences, or different parts of a sentence together, are the following; e, e, or toa, hoi, area, oi, ra, a and ma.

E is a copulative conjunction, answering to and; as, te rui e te ao, day and night; tane e te vahine, husband and wife. Toa, atoa, and hoi, answer to also, and likewise, as, haere atoa matou, we also go, haere atoa outou, go ye likewise. Na te Atua i hamani te rai, e to te rai atoa ra, nana hoi i hamani te fenua e te moana, God made the sky and the things also therein contained, the land also, and the deep. I, also, often serves as a copulative conjuction where no English word can be found to answer it.

Ma, seems like wise to be a true Polynesian copulative, although lost in the Tahitian dialect, except in counting; as, ahuru ma toru, ten and three; e piti ahuru ma pae, twenty and five.

The disjunctives are; area, e and , as in the following examples; eiaha tei reira, area teie, not that but this; or thus, eiaha ïa, teie not that, but this; teie anei, e tera? this or that? The following are conjunctions of various kinds; ia, if; ahiri, if; oi, lest, or that it may not; a has the same meaning, e ara a poho, take care lest (you) die; also o te, as, o te pohe hoe, lest (he) should die. I te mea, no te mea, noa, noa 'tu, noa iho, these are conditional or inferential conjunctions answering to therefore, because, although, &c. "rave noa a oia i te semeio i raverahi i mua i to ratou aro, aore a ratou i faaroo in'na. John xii. 37.

OF INTERJECTIONS.

There are various kinds of interjections, expressive of the feelings or sudden emotions of the mind; as,

Aue! of surprise, wonder, or astonishment. Aue! alas! of pain, grief or sorrow. A! of sudden indignation or disappointment. A! (pronounced differently) on a sudden discovery of something unlooked for. Aha! of sudden displeasure or vexation. Ahe! of surprise or affectionate concern about something that canot be helped, as the death of a person. Aue te piri e! of wonder and surprise. Aue te poupou e! of admiration or wonder. Haio of disgust and contempt. Hee! of displeasure and vexation. Uhu! of disappointment in something that occurred. Aitoa! expressive of satisfaction as to some event that has taken place, as well fitting some previous cause or circumstance, or the state of the speaker's mind. Manava! of greeting or welcome to visitors. Io nei oe! of parting, as adieu, literally, thou be here. Aita, and aore, although generally adverbs of negation, yet are often used as interjections of wonder or surprise, aita te mahana! how ot it is! aita te toteoe! how cold it is! aita te rave ata e! how difficult to manage!


OF SYNTAX.

The rules of syntax are usually comprised under those of concord or agreement of words, and those of government or dependence of words; many of the English rules of concord and government will not apply to the Tahitian dialeet, but the following observtions may be of some use.

The Nominative Case and the Verb.

There is nothing inherent in the verb, (a few of the reduplicates only excepted) to signify persons numbers nor gender, and consquently the rules about their concord or agreement with the verb have no place in Tahitian.

The nominative case commonly follows the verb, and may be easily known by putting the questions O vai? and eaha? who? why? which? what? as, Te tere ra te râ, the sun proceeds on its course. Eaha te tere? What proceeds? Te râ, the sun. Te maue ra to manu, the bird flies. Eaha te maue? What is it that flies? Te nanu, the bird. Haere atura Iesu i Ierusalema, Jesus went to Jerusalem. O vai te haere i Ierusalema? who went to Jerusalem? the answer must be Jesus which is the nominative. But there are instances of the nominative being placed before the verb; as, O vau te haere I go, or it is I that go. In this construction the te must be inserted between the pronoun and the verb; it also implies an opposition; as, It is I who go, not another. Also when a negative is used; as, Eita vau e tae, I will not go; or when an offer is made; as, O vau nei te haere, I will go.

When two nouns, signifying the same thing, are in apposition, ra must invariably be placed between them; as,


   O te Arii ra, O pomare, tei papai.
   The Queen, Pomare, who will write.

The omission of the ra would place the word "arii" in the genitive, and the sense would be the chief of the queen Pomare.

When two or more mouns or promouns follow the same verb, the first only has the sign of the accusative case,

E parau atu ia Ioani, ratou, o Petero, E Paulo, ma.

Substantive and Adjective.

The Substantives in general, have no gender, or note of plurality in themselves, yet some of the adjetives have, and ought to agree with the substantives when they are preceded by the plural articles; as, te mau raau rarahi ra, the great trees, mau puaa iino, bad hogs, mau taata maitatai, good men; tautamarii tamaroa iino, some bad boys.

It is also a general rule that the adjective ought to follow the substantive; as E Atua mana, mighty God, and not precede it as in English. Substantives are also often implied, but not expressed; as, maua ïa, or te maua, ignorant, or the ignorant or unskilful, but the word taata or man is understood.

The Antecedent and the Relative.

The relatives are not affected by number or gender, they are often nominatives to the following verbs; as, te Atua o tei faa ora ia'u, the God who preserves me. Taua, which agrees with any sort of antecedent, ought always to be followed by either ra, nei or na, in some part of the sentence; as, taua taata ra, that man, before spoken of, taua peu nei, this custom mentioned or understood; see more on this subject under the relative pronouns.

Of Government.

One word governs another, when it causes it to be in some case or mood.

One substantive governs another; as, To te Atua ra aroha, God's pity or copassion; Ta te arii ra parau, the king's speech. Interrogative phrases or sentences, ought to be answered accordig to the interrogation; as, Na vai tera ra mea? Na'u, whose is that thing? Mine. Te aha nei oe? Te ohipa nei au; What doest thou here? I am at work here.

A verb active governs words in the dative or accusative cases; as, te parau maira ia'u, speaks to me, te haapii mai nei ia'u, teaches me, te faaite atura ia'na, makes known to him.

PRAXIS.

Ioane, xiv., 15. Ua hinaaro outou ia'u ra, e haapao i ta'u parau.


Ua, a particle of affirmation affixed to verbs, and adjectives affirming the existence of the action or quality to which it is prefixed.
Hinaaro, love, verb active 2d pers. plural, subj. mood, present tense, implying a condition, if you love.
Outou, pronoun, 2d. person plural, nominative case, you.
Ia'u, pron. 1st. person, singular, acc. case, me.
Ra, a particle or adverb of time or place.
E, a sign of the tense of the following verb.
Haapao, verb active, imperative mood, regard or keep, agreeing with its nominative, outou.
I, a prep. or particle of connection, sometimes answering to to, and often apparently an expletive.
Ta'u, pronoun. 1st. person singular, gen. case, my.
Parau, a common subst. sing. number, acc. case, word, speech or command, agreeing with ta'u, my.

Ioane, x. 14. O vau te tiai mamoe maitai ra, ua ite au i ta'u iho, e ua ite hia vau e ratou.


O, an article prefixed to pronouns and proper names, when in the nominative case.
Vau, pronoun, 1st. person singular, nominative case, I.
Te, the definite article, the.
Tiaimamoe, a compound noun, sing. number, nom. case, signifying a shepherd, from tiai, to keep, and mamoe, sheep.
Maitai, an adj. positive degree, singular number, agreeing with tiaimamoe, good.
Ra, a particle of emphasis, denoting the shepherd noted as good.
Ua, a particle of affirmation prefixed to a verb as mentioned before.
Ite, verb active 1st. person singular, Indic. mood, perfect tense, of to know.
Au, pronoun, 1st. person sing. nom. case, agreeing with ite, and contrated from vau, I.
I, a prep. or particle of connection, as before.
Ta'u iho, an emphatic pronoun, gen. case. a compound of ta'u mine, and iho self, belonging to myself.
E a copulative conjuction, and.
Ua, a particle of affirmation as before.
Ite hia, the passive of ite, to know, 1st. pers. sing. Indic. mood, perfect tense, and agreeing with vau.
Vau, pronoun, 1st. person singular, nom. case, agreeing with ite hia.
E, prep. by, denoting the connection between the agent and the object.
Ratou, pronoun, 3d. person, plur. acc, case, agreeing with ta'u iho.

Ioane, i. 29. Ahio na i te Arenio a te Atua, o te hopoi ê atu i te hara o te ao.


Ahio na, an adverb of indication, behold, take notice, a compound of hio, to see, and na an adverb of place.
I, a prep. as mentioned before.
Te, the definite article, prefixed to arenio.
Arenio, a common noun, sing. number, nominative case, modified from the Greek Arnion, a lamb.
A, the preposition or, denoting the genitive case.
Te, an article prefixed to the noun Atua, but not definite.
Atua, a common noun, 3dperson, sing. number, gen. case, God.
O te, or o tei, relative pronoun, nom. case, that, or which, agreeing with arenio, its antecedent.
Hopoi, verb active Indic, mod, present tense, 3d. pers. taketh, or conveyeth, agreeing with its nom., o tei.
E, an adverb of place followed by atu. from, away, or away from.
I, a prep. or particle fo connection as before.
Te, the definite article.
Hara, common noun, 3d. person, singular number, acc. case. sin.
O, a preposition, a sign of the genitive case, of.
Te, definite article, the.
Ao, common noun, 3d. person, singular number, genitive case, world.
END OF THE GRAMMAR.


TAHITI:
PRINTED AT THE LONDON MISSIONARY SOCIETY'S PRESS.

1851.







A
TAHITIAN AND ENGLISH
D I C T I O N A R Y.


A, THE first letter of the alphabet and the most frequent in use of all the Tahitian vowels. Its genuine pronunciation is that of the English a in the words lad, am, an, &c. and when marked with a circumblex, thus, â, the same sound inquality but longer in quantity. In some few words it sounds very short, as in the first syllables of navai, pape, tatâ, &c..
A, s. the name of the alphabet; the name of a certain feast where presents were given
--s. the inclosure of a house, made of cocoa-nut leaves; a sort of sliding door made of bamboo; the skeleton of an animal
--a prefix to verbs, denoting the imperative mood, as ahoro, run, do run; also to show that the action or event is about taking place as teie au a pohe, I am going to die. Sometimes it is so prefixed when preceded by an adverb of negation, as ore aite, not knowing; ore ahinaaro, not having a desire
A, a prefix to adjective of counting with referernce to past time, as atahi, one, arua, two; while e is prefixed in the future, as etahi, erua; and it is to be noted whether a or e is in the query, for the answer must correspond
--an affix to verbs to signify they are used as nouns, as hopoi, to carry or convey, hopoia, the thing carried or conveyed, a burden
--an affix by means of which a verb active is changed into a passive form, as, --
Rave, to take, ravea, taken.
Ite, to know, itea, known.
See hia
A, s. the state of combustion or quality of burning well
--v.n. to be in a burning state
--a. prepared, as food by roasting, boiling, baking, &c. the opposite to ota, raw
A, s. a method of catching men, beasts, or fishes, by a long reach or sweep
--v.a. to sweep by forming a long reach in order to surround and catch men, beasts, &c.
A, verb aux. denoting the continuance of the action or of the things mentioned. It commonly follows the verb, as ia vai a, let it remain or continue; but often an adverb intervenes, as te parau noa nei a, continues to speak
--v.a. to have or possess; see na, ta, and to
A, conj. lest, for fear that, as e ara ia oe a pohe, beware lest thou die; nevertheless, notwithstanding
--ad. when, as i popohe maua, pohe apipiti, a pohe au, a pohe oea, we were both ill together, when he was ill, I was also ill
--prep. belonging to; see na, ta, no, and to
A! interj. of surprise and disappointment, ah! it is gone! or, it is lost!
Aa, s. [aka, kaka,] the root or roots of any tree or plant; hold, right, support; footing or settlement in a country
Aa, s. the fibrous substance that grows on the cocoa nut tree; the husk or covering on the young branches of the breadfruit tree; the integuments inclosing the sugar-cane, bamboo, hoi, &c.; the scarf on the skin of a new born infant or other young animals; the skin inside of animals to which the fat about the kidneys adheres; a sieve, or strainer, such as is used for the pia or arrowroot
Aa, s. a provocation, insult, jeer, taunt; a provoker, banterer
--v.a. to provoke, banter, insult
--a. jocular, given to jest
Aa, s. the name of a bird of the paroquet kind, or small parrot; there are two sorts, the ne called aa taevao, which has fine red feathers, the other, aa mahua has no red feathers
Aa, v.n. to be thoroughly awake after sleep; to be done, or over done, as dressed food; to be in a state of burning fiercely; to be burning as a plurality of fires
Aa, v.a. to measure length or breath
Aaa, s. the state of agitation which the water is in by reason of the wind; the state of the mind when agitated by fear
--a. timorous, agitated
--v.n. to be agitated, as the water by a current of air, while there is a general calm, or as the mind by rumours of war or imaginary apparitions
Aaa, s. the stringy substance in any kind of food or vegetable, also in native cloth that is not well worked
Aaa, v.a. to insult or provoke
Aaaa, int. of laughter or ridicule
Aabu, s. the shell of fish, nuts, and seeds
--v.a. to hold out any cup or concave vessel to receive any thing; to make or put any thing in a concave form to receive food or other things
Aahi, s. the fish called albicore; it agrees with the mackarel, but is much larger. The young ones are called aahi perepererau; the next size, aahi tumu; the next, aahi mapepe; the, aahi vere; the largest of all, aahi araroa. There are also varieties of the aahi, as, o ouri, raura, papahi, &c.
Aahi, s. a rag or torn piece of cloth; a wick for a lamp
Aahiata, s. the dawn of the day
Aahipatao, s. a wary albicore that will not be hooked;--figuratively, a person that cannot be imposed on
Aahitiamatau, s. an albicore that has been hooked and has excaped; a person who after having been imposed upon has recovered himself
Aahu, s. a piece of cloth; cloth in general
Aahu, s. a bite; a signal given by biting the lips or gnashing with the teeth
--v.a. to bite or nip; to bite or gnash with the teeth as a signal for some violence, mischief, or murder
Aahu, s. a spasmodic disease of the bowels; colic
Aai, s. a glutton; see aamu and aiai maa
--a gluttonous, voracious; corroding
Aai, s. a tale or fabulous relation
Aaia, s. a species of mountain-plantain; the name of a shrub
Aaia, s. the name of a star; see aiaia
Aaia, s. abortive fruit; see aiore
--a. unripe, abortive, as fruit; impure, having animalcules, as standing water
Aaia, s. pleasurable sensations of the heart
Aaihere, s. weeds, underwood, bushes when numberous
--a. wild, uncultivated, full of weeds
Aaina, v.n. to be delighted; see aaia
Aainu, s. bait for fish, see arainu; an inducement to do a thing
Aama, s. the name of a small crab common on the sea shore
Aama, v.n. to be burning bright and vehement, as a large fire; see aa
--a. bright, shining; clear as a lamp or fire burning
Aamau, s. twenty fathoms in length
Aamau, s. a permanent resident; see aa
*Aamu, s. a tale or story; see aai
*Aamu, s. a glutton; see aiaimaa
--a. voracious, gluttonous; corroding, spreading, increasing as rust or disease
Aana, a. accumulative, increasingly heaping up, or adding one thing to another, as mai aana, a disease in which successive relapses happen, and supposed formerly to be in consequence of new transgressions against the gods; parau aana, words increased by additions so as to become a crime; hara aana, an aggravated crime
Aani, a. given to ani or begging
Aano, s. breadth, extent, extensiveness
--a. broad, wide, extensive; see apu
--v.n. to extend, reach unto; extending
Aano, s. sperm or seed of certain fishes; the red berries of the hauou or pua tree; seeds of gourds, pumpkins, melons, and cucumbers; a cocoa nut water-bottle
Aao, s. thin or wasted state of a person by some disease
--a. thin; wasted by disease
Aaoa, s. the crowing of a cock
Aaoa, v.a. to introduce quite an irrelevant or foreign subject into a meeting for discussion
Aaoaoa, v.n. to be making a confused noise, as the people at the breaking up of a meeting
--s. foolish, incoherent talk; a foolish person
--v.n. to talk foolishly and incoherently
Aaoa raa moa, s. cock-crowing
Aaone, s. large bundles of coarse or unfinished native cloth prepared for a public presentation to the king or principal chief; also the food and other things so presented
Aapiti, a. united or doubled; having two sources, as the wind blowing from two different quarters and causeing a cross sea
Aapo, v.a. to apprehend, catch, or understand a thing guickly
--a. apt to understand
Aapu, v.a. to take up with the hand
Aara, s. [aala,] the sweet or fragrant scent of herbs
--a.sweet; odoriferous as herbs
Aararû, s. the name of a small beetle
--a. unripe as the gourd or hue
Aarau, a. unripe as arararu
Aarauaua, s. a sort of beetle found among the grass covering te floors of native houses
Aare, s. the name of a small shell fish
Aari, s. the same as the nono
Aari, a. irregular; applied to a rope, a tree, or any thing that is narrow and thin in the middle, or slender in one place and thick in another
Aaria, s. the part of the face that covers the cheek bone
Aaro, v.a. to excavate; to scoop or scrape out
--s. the person that scoops; the scoop or ladle by which any thing is scooped or scraped out
Aaru, s. a new born infant; see aruaru
Aata, s. the young shoots of taro; see moo and muoo; stems of plants or leaves
Aata, v n.the dual or plural of to laugh; to laugh repeatedly
--a. laughing; much given to laughter
Aataina, s. the strong desire or longing of the heart
--v.n. to have a strong desire or longing; to have gratification
Aatea, s. the name of a species of taro; a fish so called
Aati, s. the name of a strong native cloth made of the bark of the bread-fruit tree
Aati, a. two in numbering
--s. a couple
Aati, v.a. to bite, gnaw, or tear with the teeth
--s. the bite of a thing; the biter
Aatiaute, s. cloth made of aute bark
Aau, s. [ngakau na'au,] the bowels or intestines--fig. the heart or mind; the affections; the conscience; courage or spirit
Aau, s. the handle of a tool; the stalk of fruit; the stones and rubbish filled up in the wall of a marae
--s. the name of a species of the parrot fish
Aau, s. the reef of coral rock; aau piti, a double reef
Aauanei, ad. of time to come; to day; shortly
Aauaua, s. rubbish collected by water
Aauhaoaoa, s. a reef that is full of chasms
Aaumairohe, s. the quality of one who earnestly desires the other sex, excessively covets property
Aaunu, s. bait for fish; see araunu
Aaupiti, s.a double mind
--a. double minded, undecided; having two stems, as a plant or tree--fig. a person whose father belongs to one country and his mother to another is called taata aaupiti
Aauputaporeho, see aaumairohe
Aautuaa, s. a shameless person, one that is obscene; obscenity; indecency
Aautuai, s. a person always thinking of food
Aauuraeva, s. a person of great hospitality, who denies himself to gratify others
Aavai, s. a shower or sudden squall
Aavao, s. the name of a paroquet that frequents the interior of the island; the same as aataevao; see aa--fig. a landsman not accustomed to the sea; see vao and taevao
Aave, v.a. to stretch the sling over the shoulder in slinging stones; see maa
Aavere, s. the name of a bold fish with a long snout--fig. a courageous warrior who prefers the front of the battle; a fast sailing canoe
Abobo, ad. to-morrow;; see apopo and ananahi
Abu, s. the shell of a nut, gourd, or fish; a concave or hollow, as abu rima, the hollow of the hand, abu roro or abu upoo, the skull; a fraternity or family, as abu arii, the royal family, abu atua, the race of gods, the first is the abu
Abu, s. the name of an idolatrous prayer
Abu, s. the name of a small tree or shrub; the bark of its roots is used for tanning and colouring native cloth; see hiri
Abu, s.the fierce and savage quality of pigs or fishes, shown by their running at and biting each other
--v.a. to dart or fly at each other, as pigs or fishes; to fall upon each other, as dogs when eating
--a. fierce, envious, mischievous
Abu, a. wide or broad, as cloth; see aano
Abua, s. the shaft of a fish spear; see amuri
Abua, s. a certain upu or prayer rehearsed by the sorcerers with the intention of procuring the death of a theif
Abuabu, v.a. to dart and bite repeatedly, as fishes, pigs, or gods; plural of abu
Abuabu, s. flexibility, pliancy
Abuabua, s. a species of breadfruit; a sapling; a rod or string carried in the hand
--a. raw, not properly dressed, as food
Abufera, v.n. to withdraw and not interfere in a game, such as timo raa, cockfighting, &c.
Abura, s. a species of mountain taro; see taro
Aburu, a. tough and old, as the husk of a cocoa-nut
Aburuburu, s. rottenness, decay
--a. rotten, decayed
Abuta, v.n. to appear or be perceptible, as the sun through little openings in the clouds
Abutabuta, a. having many holes or openings
--v.n. having patches or being in patches
Adu, ad. & prep. from, beside, more;--from, with reference to the place of a thing, as haere adu go from, in opposition to mai or maira, towards the place of the thing mentioned or understood, or that of the speaker;--beside, as aita adu, none beside; in comparing, it signifies greater, further beyond, as, rahi, great, rahi adu, greater; eaha adu? what more or beyond? see atu
Adura, ad. & prep. [from adu and ra,] having a reference to either time or place; see atura
Ae, s. the name of a sweet-scented plant, used for the sweet monoi or native oil
Ae, v.a. & v.n. [ake,] to ascend, climb, mount up; see paiuma
--s. a climber; one who climbs a tree or a hill
--v.n. to touch the ground, as a boat or ship
Ae, s. the slain in battle that were taken to the marae and offered; also other sacrifices to the gods, such as fish; the act of offering; the first beating of the drum at a religious ceremony
Ae, ad. yes, yea, in answer to a query or a request, but implying cordiality or indifference according to the tone of the voice. As an adverb of place, there, near at hand, as tera ae, that near or just by; io ae, a little that way; nia ae, a little above; raro ae, a little below. In comparing qualities or adjectives, it implies a small degree less or more, as, ine, bad, ino ae, a little worse; maitai, good, maitai ae, something better. It is often accompanied with iti, little, as, maoro, long, maoro iti ae a little longer, not much
--inter. of surprise or disappointment; alas!
Aea, s. the fibrous roots or stalks of the plant atiuaea, used for small fishing lines; the joining place of two nets; a new net when first used; the concave part of a crooked piece of timber; an introductory present or peace offering to the gods; an intreaty for peace; aea tamai was a human sacrifice previous to the commencement of a war
Aeae, s. the name of a tree used only for fuel
Aeae, v.a. to carry or convey; to defend the remainder of an army; to succour in distress
Aeae, s. the end, design, or object of pursuit, as in the phrase, ua pu te aeae, have fully attained the object of pursuit
Aeae, s. the state of being out of breath
--v.n. breathless; breathing laboriously and quickly
Aeaea, v.n. to be exhausted and breathless
Aeaea, interj. a cry of the arioi
Aeaeo, a. sallow, sickly, pale by disease
Aebu, s. a cup; a cocoa-nut used for a cup
Aeha, a. [aha, afa,] four in counting
Aehaa, s. the great sea or deep reaching to the bounds of the horizon; difficulty, danger
Aehai, s. a very long distance
--a. distnt, above or below; difficult to reach
Aehai mata pupure, s. a warrior of a terrific aspect
Aeho, s. a reed
Aehuehu, a. troubled, disturded, as the mind
--s. agitation, disturbance of the mind
Aena, ad. a little after, a little aside; see ae
Aenei, ad. & aux. v. sometimes answering to have, has or hath, imlying the action to be past, or just gone by, as, ahia aenei? how many past or gone by? ua reva aenei, just gone; ua pohe aenei oia, he died or hath died
Aeo, s. a child that is weak and sickly
--a. weak, as a child; sickly; peevish; childish
Aeo, interj of contempt or disgust; ah!
Aepa, s. the name of a certain prayer; aepa arii, a prayer for or on account of the king
Aepau, s. the last dying breath; a bequest of a father to his son; wisdom or learning obtained by a son from his father
Aera, ad. of time and place; a compound of ae adn ra signifying then or there, or a little aside, according to the circumstances of time and place; see mai, maira, tu, and atu
Aere, s. a collection or abundance of fish or animals
Aere, s. a thick dense forest; the name of a tree of the bark of which native cloth is made
Aere, s. a large or extensive bog that cannot be passed; the expanse of sea or firmament whose termination cannot be seen; the unknown state after death; any thing that cannot be found by searching
Aereere, s. a bog encrusted with the plant mapua and vibrating from unsoundness when trod upon; commotion, agitation, disorder in an army
--v.n. to shake or vibrate, as the surface of a bog, or the ground on the fall of some heavy thing; to be agitated or in commotion, as the mind on hearing bad tidings
Aeri, s. a hole, such as that of a land crab or of the varo; a hole wider at the bottom than the top
Aero, s. the tail of quadrupeds, or of the sting-ray and some other fishes; the after-part of some business or conversation; the penis
Aerofai, s. the name of a medical plant, called also, puarau
Aerorau, s. the name of a god; the south-west wind; the fabulous moo or lizard, said to have many tails; a person with a numberous retinue
Aerouri, s. the name of a mountain plant, (the buckshorn,) called also, rima rima tafai
Aeto, s. [aetos, Gr.] the eagle
Aetoerau, s. a gentle and agreeable westerly wind; a soothing and pleasing state of the mind
Afa, s. a crack, split, rent, or fissure; a schism or division
--v.n. to crack or split; to break or burst, as an abscess; to divide or split in parties. Ua afa te vai, is an expression signifying the commencement of hostilities
Afaa, s. a large pit or hole, such as a mahi pit
Afâfâ, a. torn or rent in many places; much divided, or having many parties
Afai, s. a bearer or carrier of burdens
--v.a. to carry, bring, or take a thing; to restore the captives of a conquered place, or those who had been banished. Afai ioa and afai parau are names for a talebearer
Afaia, s. that which is burdensome, or difficult to manage; a great concern or burden
Afafai, s. strength or ability to carry a great burden
--v.a. to carry or convey repeatedly; to try the weight of a thing in order to carry it if not too heavy
Afara, s. a species of a mountain plantain
--s. a species of bread-fruit
Afarefare, v.n. to hang over, as a wave when ready to break, or as a rock or precipice
Afaru, s. a water-bottle or calabash; a sort of ill-savoured sauce, used chiefly by old women
*Afata, s. a chest, box, coop, raft, or scaffold
Afea, ad. when, will, or shall, used only interrogatively and in the future
Afeafe, s.height; as afeafe o te ra, altitude of the sun
--a. long or tall; distant; extended
Afene, a. six in counting; see ahene and aono
Afera, ad. ever; ever after; as afera noatu, ever, or for ever from this time
Aferefere, s. a strong and voracious appetite by reason of which a person will eat any kind of food
--a. empty, as the bowels from hunger or the operation of medicine
Afifi, s. the name of a medicinal plant
--s. a species of banana; a bundle of bread-fruit or cocoa-nuts tied together
Afii, s. the head of a beast, bird, or fish, but not of a man, except by way of contempt
Aha, s. [kaha,] sinnet made of cocoa nut-husk
--s. the first enemy slain in battle was called aha, because, when obtained, a piece of aha was tied to him, he was then taken to a marae, and prayers were made over him for further success in the war; and those prayers and ceremonies were called aha taata
Aha, s. the name of a fish, of which there are varieties, as aha moe, aha mararai, &c.
Aha, s. the operation of the tii, by which the sorcerer was supposed to cause the death of a person, such were said to be aha hia, devoted to destruction
Aha, s. the ceremony of presenting at the marae a piece of aha by a fleet of canoes after their landing as an acknowledgement of the protection of the gods, and prayers were made with an offering of a pig, or of a plantain in the absence of a pig
Aha, pron. interroative, aha or e aha? what? no te aha? for what? or to what purpose? e aha atu? what more or beside? aha hoi? what else? aha iho a? what besides? e aha tena? what is that? (near the person addressed;) e aha tera? what is that? (close by)
--ad. how? or why? as e aha e tia'i? how can it be? e aha vau e riri ai? why should I be angry? e aha e ore ai? why not?
Ahâ, s. a crack, a fissure; see afâ
--v.n. to crack, split open
Ahaa, s. a hole or large pit; see afaa
Ahaa, interj. of fondness on meeting a friend
Ahaaha, s. the name of a fish remarkable for its rapidity in swimming
Ahaaha, s. rapidity, swiftness; a swift pursuer
Ahaaha, v.a. to pursue, as a warrior his enemy
Ahaaha, a. neat, smart, of genteel carriage
Ahaaha, a. cadaverous, as a dead animal
Ahae, a. rent, torn; see mahae
--v.n. to be torn or rent
Ahaeahae, a. gentle
Ahaehae, a. torn or rent in many places
Ahafirituatua, s. a disturber of the peace
Ahafirituatua, ad. awkwardly, slovenly done
Ahaha, v.n. to boast or vaunt; to exalt one's self
Ahâhâ, a. having many cracks or rents; see afâfâ
Ahahoi, interj. a term of adulation used by ariois
Ahamatarau, s. a seditious disturber of the peace
Ahamatatini, s. an incendiary; a breeder of mischief
Ahata, s. a box or chest; see pafata
Ahatahatai, s. a piece of sinnet used as a charm on board a canoe when preparing for sea
Ahataina, s. a bustling, hurrying person
--v.n. to be in a bustle or hurry
Ahataina, a. tough, as the sinnet of the toere, drum--fig. stubborn, obstinate, not giving way
Ahatatai, s. the sinnet fastening or tying the barbs at the end of a fish spear
*Ahatia, s. the name of a certain prayer to the gods, formerly ahatu
Ahavai, s. black sinnet, made strong and coloured in the mire of some bog--fig. a handy, strong, and active person
Ahê, interj. of surprise, as ah! alas! so let it be! it cannot be helped!
Ahe, ad. afterwards, as ahe i muri iho
Ahea, ad. when? future; see afea
Aheahe, s. emptiness
--a. empty, as the stomach
Ahee, s. a verse or paragrah of a funeral dirge; see pehe, tui, and avei
Aheehee, v.n. to ebb, as the sea; see pahee
Ahehe, s. a rustling noise
--v.n. to make a rustling noise, as the wind or rain among dry leaves
*Ahema, ad. when, as afea
Ahera, ad. ever; for ever henceforward
Aheu, s. the name of a delicious sort of fish, called, when young, pauuara, when halfgrown, marava, and when 15 or 16 inches long it is aheu
Ahi, s. [afi, a'i; api, Malay;] fire; see auahi
Ahi, s. [afi; asi, Fiji; buahi, Marq.] the sandal wood
Ahi, s. a flint; a gun-flint
Ahi, s. a species of cockle
Ahi, v.n. to sit or brood as a hen; cover, overshadow
Ahî, interj. of surprise or disappointment
Ahia, ad. how many? when inquiring of things in the past time, ehia? in the future; a toohia and etoohia when inquiring about persons
Ahia, s. [ahika, kainga, ohia,] the native red apple, called also Eugenia Malauensis
Ahiahi, s. the evening
Ahiahi, s. a wound; scars of a warrior; bruises
--a. wounded, bruised; shy, as a fish that has been disturbed and will not bite
Ahiahi rumaruma, s. a dark and cloudy evening--fig. an angry person
Ahifa, s. a sort of coral that will irritate the skin when handled
Ahîhî, v. anomalous to join or unite with; used with a negative, eita oia e ahihi mai, he will not join.
Ahimaa, s. a batch of food; the native oven with its contents, from ahi, fire, and maa, food
Ahina, s. a grey head; a contemptuous name for a grey headed person; see hinahina
Ahinamuri, v. imp. a wish expressed by the managers of a canoe that it may speed its its way
Ahinavai, s. a white haze, mist, or fog, which prevents the discovery of objects; distance that makes objects imperceptible
Ahio, s. a certain mode of speech used by the king or hearald in making peace
Ahipa, v.n. to look at or hehold an object
Ahipihapiha, s. water made to boil by putting hot stones into it
Ahipihepihe, s. a remarkable remedy to cure langour or weakness, frequently used by Tahitian women, who have lately lien-in, and by persons of both sexes in chronic disorders; perspiration excited by the steam of plants, such as the mapua or wild mint, and hot stones, and when the perspiration is most copious, the person comes out and plunges into a river to bathe
Ahiri, conj. if, had it been, were it so; ahiri e e parau mau ra, had it been truth
Ahiti, v. anom. and used imperatively; repeat, go on, speak out, addressed to a person speaking or about to speak
Ahiria, a. overtopped or shaded, as a small tree under a great one
Ahiripa, s. a great destruction or clalmity
Ahiro, s. a method of fishing for the fish moi
Ahitaa, s. the flank of a pig; a particular fleshy part of a turtle; the two sides of a seine or fishing net next to its belly
Ahitahuna, s. a fire kindled secretly to dress food
Ahitao, s. an oven fire; fire as a signal; the name of a prayer and ceremony before a cock fight
Ahitarahu, s. a fire kindled in the interior of the island to dress food during such times as the whole coast was sacred and no fire allowed to be kindled
Ahitea, s. a firebrand tied to the end of an arrow and shot over a river or other water towards a person on the other side
Ahitopi, a. brisk, vigorous
--s. a vigorous person
Ahitu, a. [ahiku, fitu, itu] seven in counting
Ahitu, s. a term in use in the amusement or exercise of arms called turaau
Ahitu, s. the assistants of a canoe builder
Ahitu, s. a company of idolatrous priests, a sort of Nazarites, residing in a sacred house in a marae, and oserving peculiar customs, such as not shaving, not cutting the hair, &c.
Ahitutariaroa, s. an attendant or servant of the god Oro
Ahitutu, s. the name of an odoriferous tree used for perfume, and its charcoal for a sort of ink to mark the skin with; see tatau
Ahitututu, s. a name given to a disagreeable ocour, or smell of greasy substances burning
Ahitutututu, s. the same as ahitututu
Ahivamuri, s. the lower part of the stern of a canoe
Aho, s. the rafter of a house; thread, cord, twine
Aho, s. the breath of animals; e huti te aho, to breathe or draw the breath
Aho, s. a certain stone set up in a marae where the priest set up his tapaau, or cocoa-nut leaves twisted so as rudely to reprsent a man
Ahoa, s. a prayer made at the time of clearing a marae of weeds and rubbish
Ahoa, s. the presentation of the first-fruits to a god, or to the king
Ahoa, s. small notches in the edge of a tool
Ahoa, s. the headache; see uruhoa
Ahoaho, s. trouble, perplexity, calamity
--v.n. to be troubled or perplexed
--a. troubled; distant for convenience, such as wood and water, a place where such is not at hand is vahi ahoaho
Ahoahoa, s. the headache; a pain with a continual din in the head; see hoa and uruhoa
Ahoahoa huri fenua, s. a tempest, a hurricane
Ahoea, s. a war-term for a company or a party in reserve
Ahoehoe, v.n. to bend down, as the branches of a tree
Ahomaoro, s.long breath; long life; perseverance
Ahomure, s. short breath; want of perserverance
Ahonui, s. perseverance, patience
Ahopapaa, a. successful as in fishing
Ahopau, s. shortness of breath; the asthma
Ahopau, s. a person that escapes from the midst of a battle
Ahopoto, s. the same as ahomure
Ahore, a. stripped or barked, as a young tree
Ahore, s. the name of a small, spotted fish
Ahoro, s. the name of a small crab; the name of a small red and white fish
Ahoro, s. the end of a woman's girdle that hangs before
Ahoro, s. a piece of wood to repair the keel of a canoe
Ahoro, s. straightness
--v.n. to be straight
Ahoro, s. the dilapidation of a marae, of a house, or of a wall; a party that runs from a battle
Ahorohoro, v.n. to be crumbling or sliding down, as the earth on the side of a mountain; to run, as a multitude of persons
Ahoru, s. the abatement of a disease or of anger
--v.n. to abate or cease
Ahoru, a. pliant, as a plank or piece of wood that has a slender place and bends when trod upon
--v.n. to be bending up and down
Ahoruhoru, v.n. to be empty and hollow, as a bag; to be empty as the stomach; to be in fear or dismay
Ahu, s. [kahu,] cloth and gaments of all descriptions
Ahu, s. heat; feverish heat of the body
Ahu, v.n. to be burnt or scalded, as the words a and ama cannot be applied to the human body, according t the native notion, but by way of a curse or evil wish connected with cannibalism
Ahu, v.a. to throw up or huddle together a heap of things; to pile up stones or throw up earth, as for a fortification; to put up the wall of a marae; to make an inclosure to catch fish in shallow places
Ahu, v.a. to scoop, lade, or shovel; to take up any thing with a vessel or a ladle
Ahua, s. a place in the sea so filled with coral as not to admit the passage of a canoe
Ahua, s. a piece of wood made use of to fasten the tops of the rafters above the ridge piece in a native house
Ahua, s. the blossom of the sugar cane
Ahua, s. a curse or imprecation
--v.a. to curse
Ahua, s. a person that waits on the sick
--v.a. to nurse a person; to wait on the sick
Ahuahu, s. the heat of the sun or of clothes
--a. hot, sultry, not airy
Ahuahu, s. a small inclosure to catch fish; a ladle or any thing to bale with
--v.a. to lade or bale out water
Ahuahu, s. a rasp or rubber made of coral
Ahuahurua, s. two parties that have engaged in war, but neither of them prevailed
Ahuapi, s. cloth doubled and pasted together; a quilt
Ahuarii s. a raised pavement in a marae on which the king was placed andinaugurated with various ceremonies; the persons that invested the king with authority
Ahuâtai, s. a certain prayer and ceremony formerly used when war or sickness prevailed; a model of a canoe was made, fitted up, and sent to sea with the supposed sins and sickness on board
Ahuavaha, s. one that promises fair, but does not perform
--v.a. to deceive by fair speeches
Ahuehue, s. confusion, alarm, on account of being unprepared
--v.n. to be in confusion or alarm
Ahuena, s. property or other things heaped together
Ahufara, s. a very fine mat made of atu leaves
Ahuhe, s.quickness of growth in plants, &c.
--a. quick or forward in growth
--v.n. to grow or shoot up quickly
Ahui, v.a. to collect various articles of property into one place
Ahui, v.a. to lift or throw up the rod when a fish bites
Ahuivae, s. footsteps or track
Ahuihui, v.a. to join together, as a number of persons in some work; to collect things together, and that repeatedly
Ahuihui, v.n. to perceive distinctly; see mahuihui.
Ahuina, v.a. to lift up the rod as a fisherman
Ahumamau, s. a garment constantly worn
Ahumaua, s. a fortress in the mountains; prayers and ceremonies on the mountains
Ahupapaa, s. an inclosure for fish; the wall of a new marae, or commencement of a marae where there was none before
Ahupara, s. a good sort of native cloth
Ahupare, s. a fortress in time of war
Ahupaâu, or Ahupaau, s. an inferior sort of cloth
Ahura, s. a sort of slug or seasnail
Ahura, s. a fisherman's prayer; see hura
Ahura ouma, v.a. to throw up the small fish or fry called ouma, and used for a bait
Ahuru, s. the name of a fish
Ahuru, s. the rotten or decayed state of things
Ahuru, [angahuru, angafulu, anauru, onohuu; pulu or sapulu, Malay; sangafulu, New Guinea; fulu, Mad.; pulu, Tagalis of Manilla; pulu, Javanese;] the adj. ten
Ahuruhuru, s. the young of the fish ahuru
Ahuruhuru, s. a certain ceremony formerly used by way of augury; killing and inspecting the bowels, &c., of a hog, to find out the event of a war about to commence
Ahuruhurua, s. the rough-looking state of a thing
--a. illfavoured, ugly, filthy
Ahutae, s. a wall or pavement that is equal everywhere
Ahutai, s. a party that takes refuge in canoes at sea or on the reef in time of war
Ahuta'i, s. presents of cloth, &c., given to chiefs and other visitors; presents given on the death or funeral of a person, called also ahu oto; see ta'i, oto, and otohaa
Ahutapae, s. one that is a new comer, not belonging to the place; one that joins in a work after it is partly done; a new marae derived from an old one
Ahutii, s. cloth made by parties severally belonging to a tii; see tii
Ahutiitii, s. appendages to a marae, such as unu, tapau, fata rau &c., which see
Ahuvai, s. a bringer-up of another's children; the children brought up by a stranger
Ai, v.a. [kai; kani, Fiji; inakanan Malay;] to eat
A'i, s. [kaki,] the neck of man, beast, or bird
Ai, interj. of disapprobation, ah! sometimes it is pronounced long, âî!
Ai, v.a. [ahi] to copulate, applied to both sexes
Ai, ad. or verbal directive, the word seems to be idiomatic, and to have no exact correspondent word in English. Sometimes it answers to will or shall, as, afea e oti ai? when will or shall it be finished? ananahi e oti ai, it will be finished to-morrow. It is often connected with a query, and the reason demanded or given, as, e aha i ore ai? why not? ore a ite i ore ai? because of ignorance it was not (done or accomplished being understood,) eaha te mea e pohe ai te taata? what is the reason of man's death? o te hara te mea e pohe ai? sin is the cause
Ai, s. a technical play-term, ten ai are equal to a re; see re
Aî, s. longing desire for fish
Aia, s. a country or place where one makes his abode; an inheritance or portion of land
Aia, v.n. to take refuge as those who have lost their land in time of war
Aia, s. the open state of a flower
--v.n. to open as a flower or blossom; see uaa
--a. open as a flower; contemptible
Aiaai, s. a crime or fault
Aiaha, s. a young and courageous warrior
Aiahoto, s. the same as aiaha
Aiahu, s. one that eats on the high and privileged palce in a marae; see ahu
--v.a. to eat food upon the ahu or high place
Aiahu, v.a. to vaunt in an ostentatious manner
Aiahû, s a by stander at a wrestling time who seizes on one of the parties
Aiai, s. a species of the pandanus, called also fara vao
Aiai, v.a. to eat a little repeatedly; see amuamu
Aiai, s. clearness, fairness
--a. fair, clear, unsoiled, white, comely
Aiaia, v.n. to be emitting a putrid smell
Aiaia, s. some supposed crime
Aiaiahu, v.a. to vaunt, to crow over a person
Aiaia maa, v.n. to be eager after food
--s. one that leaves a place of scarcity for a place where there is abundance of food
Aiaiaoa, s. cloth made of the bark of the fibrous roots of the aoa tree
Aiaiaoa, s. the name of a small sea-eel
Aiaifaa, v.a. to eat in the time of certain prayers without regarding the prohibitions of the chiefs, a crime often punished with death
Aiaifaa, v.a. to eat improper things, as pregnant women do
Aiaihaa, v.n. to be of an ungovernable appetite; to covet every thing
--v.a. to eat voraciously
Aiana, s. a miser, one very parsimonious
Aiani, s. a shameless beggar
*Aiao, s. the foot; see maiao and avae
Aiao, a. of a pleasant mien
Aiapuu, s. one who avenges the defeat of a wrestler; one that makes good a failure
--v.a. to avenge, to make good a former failure; see taiapuu
Aiari, s. one who follows a chief from attachment, or for his own advantage
Aiaro, v.a. to surround a board or eating place, and eat face to face
Aiaru, s. the ghost of a dead relation which was supposed to come to the living and inflict sickness or death
--v.a. to inflict sickness or death on a person
Aiaruru, v.a. to eat or do a thing in a body
Aiata, v.a. to eat another's food, or take his property, without leave of consent; to eat, as a dog, whatever might come in his way
Aito, v.a.. to extirpate or consume utterly
Aiatupuna, s. land possessed by inheritance
Aî, v.n. to rise in the throat as sorts of food
Aibu, s. a cup; see aebu, aipu, and aua
Aie, s. a species of hard wood that grows on some low islands; a species of tatau or skin-marks on the loins and posteriors
Aiea, v.a. to act in a deadly manner, as was done, according to the notions of former times by the ghost of the dead upon the living
Aifatu, s. a stranger that becomes the domestic of a chief and works for him
--v.a. to attach one's self to a chief and work for him
Aifenua, s. a person that covets and takes possession of another man's land
--v.a. to take possession of the land of another, from ai, to eat, and fenua, land
--a. covetous of another's land
Aiha, s. rubbish brought down to the sea by a great fall of rain
Aiha, s. the cord which passes through the pearl fish-hook; the upper and under ropes of a fishing net
Aiha, s. heat, sultriness; vexation
--a. warm, close and sultry
--v.n. to be vexed by importunity
Aihamu, v.a. to eat voraciously the leavings of others; to press to the food before others
Aihamumu, s.a person who continually imposes upon another by eating his food. &c.
Aiharuma, s. a pilferer of food or other things
--v.a. to seize upon food as cats and dogs do; to pilfer the food of others
Aihau, v.n. to enjoy peace and tranquillity
Aihere, s. weeds, rubbish, uncultivated land
Aihuaa, s. a person acquainted with genealogies; a genealogical series
Aihuaraau, s. a coloniser, or possessor of land taken by conquest
Aihuaraau, v.a. to possess land taken by conquest
Aiio, s. a disease that breaks out in continual ulcers; domestic boils; internal commotions of a country; a company to commit some evil deed
Aima, ad. [auma,] no, not, with reference to the past, eima is the future; it is commonly pronounced and accompanied with putting the tip of the tongue between the lips, and frequently the negative is signified by that action alone without a word spoken; see aina, aita, and aore
Aimama, s. a person that always remains at home and lives with his or her parents to adult age
--v.a. to eat food chewed by the mother
Aimamau, s. a consumer of food
--v.a. to consume the food; to grasp the whole
Aimâtua, v.a. to eat with old men only, on account of war or some approaching ceremony
Aimaunu, v.a. to nibble, as fish do the bait
Aimaure, v.a. to collect and eat fruits and roots before they are ripe
Aimautu, v.a. to eat secretly, covering the mouth with the hand
Aina, ad. no, not; used as aima and aore
Aina, s. land, country, but the word is obsolete at Tahiti; see fenua
Aina, s. the skin of the armpits or of the groin, when of a dark colour.
Ainanu, s. a constellation consisting of the two stars, Pipiri and Rehia. According to a Tahitian tradition, they were a boy and a girl left at home while the parents were fishing; the children waited, expecting the fish, with half a breadfruit in the hand of each of them. The parents arrived with the fish, and the children, pretending to be asleep, were not called, and the fish were eaten; the children being ainanu, displeased flew upon the top of the house, and from thence to the sky, where the boy, Pipiri, and the girl, Rehia, became the two stars forming the constellation Ainanu.
Ainanu, s. displeasure or sullenness on account of food or deprivation of a proper share; the feeling of not being duly considered as to food and other things.
--v.n. to be displeased on account of food or of being deprived of a due share.
Aiô, v.a. to eat what was intended for an ô or present.
Aioio, s. a changeable person.
--a. changeable, unsettled, as the wind or the mind.
Aioio, interj. a cry of the arioi.
Aioio, a. crooked or twisting, as a tree.
Aiora, v.a. to inflict disorder or death, as the spirits of the dead were formerly supposed to do upon living relations; see aiea.
Aiore, s. an abortive; see aupara and mamaia.
--a. abortive; fallen off, as fruit not ripe
Aiori, s. a speies of mountain-plantain.
Aiori, s. a species of the fee or cuttle fish
Aiori, s. a name given to some of the shark's teeth.
Aiota, s. rareness, rawness; of undressed food; something disagreeable introduced by a good speech.
--a. rare, not sufficiently dressed, as food.
Aipa, ad. no, not, as aima and aita.
Aipâ, s. a hog sacrificed to Tearii vahine, literally, the queen, but meaning some god or goddess; this was at the conclusion of certain prayers, after which the people might eat.
Aipai, s. sodomy.
--v.a. to commit sodomy; see paia and mahû.
Aipârita, s. a person that eats in haste.
--v.a. to eat with unusual hurry.
Aipue, s. a play term; the first in the diversion of timo raa, patia raa fa, &c.
Aira, s. a fishing rod; see matira.
Airahu, v.a. to eat at the taking off of a restriction.
Airahui, v.a. to eat what is forbidden; see rahui.
--s. one that eats what is prohibited.
Airahurahu, s. the same as airahui.
Airaua, s. one of the names of the po, viz. hades or the dark unknown state of the dead.
Airaua, a. bedridden; ill, as a bedredden person.
Airaurau, v.a. to eat by picking bits off from the sides, edges, or outside parts of a baked pig
Aireire, s. the remainder, or little that was left; used with a negative aita aireire, no remainder, none left.
Airô, s. that which is difficult to attain, or come up to, or excel in, as in various games.
Airohe, s. the name of a small tyger shell
Airoiro, s. small maggots; see iro and tua; small fibrous roots of plants.
--a. maggoty; having small fibrous roots.
Airuma, v.a. to eat sullenly and unsocially, neither regarding those who are near, nor offering them any thing.
Aita, ad. of negation, past time, no, not; see aore.
Aitâ, interj. of wonder or surprise, as aitâ te marô! how obstinate! aitâ te mahana! how hot the sun!
Aitaa, s. a man of another district or country, who, by marriage, becomes an inheritor of land.
Aitaha, s. a man that catches many and large fishes, but appropriates them all to himself, not regarding the custom of sending some to the king or chief of the place.
--v.a. to eat fish without paying the usual tribute.
Aitahaa, s. a person destitute of shame and modesty, that would come and eat naked without regarding the presence of others.
Aitairi, v.a. to eat hastily and indecently, tearing the food like a dog.
Aitairiiri, v.a. to eat by tearing repeatedly like a dog, and looked upon as a bad omen.
Aitamai, s. one that excites to war or contention.
--v.a. to excite to war or disturbance.
Aitaraho, s. a debtor; see tarahu
Aitaua, s. one that avenges the wrong or disgrace of his friend or relation; a country that redeems its character by conquering its conquerors; an avenger of murder, &c.
--v.a. to avenge the wrong of a friend or relation.
Aitauae, s. a play term in the timo raa; also aitaoae and aitauai, the same as aipue.
Aitea, s. the first fist caught by the method called auaho; the first slain enemy whose body was obtained in time of war.
Aito, s. the iron wood, called also toa and amuito.
Aito s. a warrior, hero, conqueror, military man.
--a. mischievous, fierce, warlike.
Aitoa, interj. denoting satisfaction on account of something disastrous that has happened to another. Aita! ah! it served him right; he well deserved it!
Aitoa, s. the beginning of some words used as a charm; some words used as a charm; when a person happened to have a fish-bone sticking in the throat, the priest or some other person would say, aitoa, aitoa, oe i raoa; see raoa.
Aitomoua, s. the name of a tree that grows in the mountains, and different from the common aito or toa tree.
Aitu, s. a god or goddess; see atua.
Aituhituhi, s. fiven to cursing and swearing.
--v.a. to curse, or imprecate evit, and that repeatedly; see tuhi.
Aiû [ai, to eat, and u, milk,] s. a sucking child; an affectionate term for a young person.
Aiuiu, s. the great length of the time of a journey; the long breath of a diver.
--a. of long cintinuance, as a journey; long-breathed, as a diver.
Aiva, a [aiwa, iva, iwa] nine in counting.
Aivaiva, a. great; abundant; large in quantity.
Aivanâ a. learned; well skilled in language, prayers, and heathen ceremonies.
Aivao, s. the name of a species of banana.
Aivi, s. any ridge of low hills stretching to the mountains.
Ama, s. the outrigger of a single canoe; the paeama is the left side and is the woman's side; the right is called pae atea and is the man's side.
Ama, s. the state of being well dressed or cooded, as food; the state of burning well.
--a done or cooded, as food, by boiling, baking, or roasting; see a..
--v.n. to be in the state of being well cooked as food, or well burnt as stones, &c.
Amaa, s. a branch of a tree or plant; the small branches of the bark of which cloth is made; a branch or division of a subject; the head of a sermon.
Amaamaa,s. small twigs or branches; see ara, peapea, and rara.
Amae, s. the name of a tree, the wood of which is hard and durable, the leaves were called rau ava and used about the sacrifices and various ceremonies, and the tree for that reason was generally planted in the marae; see miro
Amafatu, s. female attendants on the chiefs; cleverness, skilfulness, ingenuity.
--a. clever, skilful, ingenious.
Amaha, s. a crack, fissure, opening.
--a. cracked, having openings; see afa.
Amahamaha, a. having many cracks or openings; split in many places; see afafa.
Amahatu, a. clever, as amafatu.
Amahi, s. a small fresh water fish; see oopu.
Amama, s. the name of a certain sweet scented native oil; see monoi.
Amara, s. the name of a sort of plantain; the first length or row of thatch on a native house when thatching; the first sonte laid in the wall of a marae.
Amara, s. a restriction in regard to food while a canoe, called vaa amara, was bulding, or in preparation, for the use of the king.
Amara, s. varieties of the po reho, or tyger shell, of shich there are, amara pu fenua, and amara iri to patu, and subdivisions, as tote, taiipoaru, amihi, nena, aauru, roru, ovare, pai, &c.
Amaratifai, s. an old canoe patched with a piece of sacred wood from a marae, and when the king had touched it, or gone on it, it was offered to a god.
Amata auahi, s. the first small sticks put together in kindling a fire--fig. the beginnings of contention or of war.
Amaua, a. ignorant, unskilful; see maua.
Amaura, s. the name of a mountain tree.
Amaura, s. an ignoramus; a contemptuous name for one ignorant of the arts among the natives; awkwardness; ignorance.
Amea, s. a branch or bough; the divison of a discourse; see amaa.
Ami, s. the spawn of crabs, lobsters, &c.
Ami, v.n. to be at the point of being dried up, as the bed of a river.
Amia, s. the name of a medicinal plant.
Amiami, s. fear, dread of mind; see faaamiami.
--v.n. to wink with the eyes as a person apprehensive of a blow; to move the lips quickly, as one out of breath, or a dying person; to pant, as fish taken out of the water; to be in dread or fear; to apprehend danger.
Amiami, s. the lid or valve that overs the mouth of crabs.
Amiami, s. the name of a medicial plant.
Amihi, s. a sort of tyger-shell.
Amiimii, a. curled, as hair or wool; cross grained, as a piece of timber.
--s. the cross or curled state of timber, &c.
Amina, v.n. to crave the food that others are eating; to have an unsatisfied desire.
Aminamina, v.n. to desire repeatedly what others are eating or enjoying.
Amio, a. unsettled, changeable.
Amio, s. the continued odour of a thing.
--v.n. to continue to send forth scent, either good or bad.
Amiomio, v.n. to change repeatedly, as the wind.
Amioparai, s. the name of a certain mode in the exercise of arms called tu raau; a technical war term.
--v.n. to retire from the face of the enemy, come round by a circuitous road, rally again, and renew the fight. The term is derived from the manner of the fish parai.
Amo, s. the wink of the eye; a sign made by winking.
--v.n. to wink; to make a sign by winking; to flash, as lightning when small and frequent.
Amo, v.a. to carry on the back or shoulder.
Amoa, s. a species of fern; there are two sorts, white and black, which are used as medicine for the navel string of infants when newly cut.
Amoa, s. the name of a certain feast, when prayers were made, and certain ceremonies used, for the purpose of removing various restrictions in regard to the children of the chiefs and others, who, before the performance of the amoa, were reckoned sacred.
Amoamo, v.n. to wink repeatedly; to twinkle as the stars.
--s. the twinkling of the stars; the winking of the eyes.
Amoamoa, a. ill; sallow; of sickly appearance.
Amoamo apipiti, s. a sign by winking mutually, as two persons of different sexes.
--v.n. to sink at each other, as two persons.
Amoamo rua, v.n. to approach each other, as two armies.
Amoo, s. the name of a certain prayer used in the marae before war, and on some other occasions.
Amoomoo, a. ill; the same as amoamoa.
Amoraa mata, s. the winking of the eye; a moment, a second.
Amou, s. the top end of a tree or plant; the handle of a spear; see omou.
Amu, s. an eater; the person or thing that eats.
--v.a. to eat; see ai.
Amuamu, v.a. to eat a little repeatedly, as a sick person beginning to recover; see aiai.
Amuamu, v.a. to mock, deride, call ill names.
Amuamu, v.n. to grumble, murmur.
Amuhau, v.n. to enjoy peace, or the fruits of peace.
Amuhau, s. the person or persons who live upon the land which had been conquered; such as enjoy the fruits of peace; see hau.
Amui, s. four cocoa-nuts tied together cross-wise; a cluster or bunch of fruit.
Amui, v.a. to add, collect, put together.
--v.n. to associate or join together for some good or bad purpose; to be so joined.
Amui, a. productive, as bread-fruit, cocoa-nuts, &c.
Amuimui, v.a. to add together repeatedly.
--v.n. to join or associate together repeatedly.
Amui raa, s. the time or place of collecting, joining, or associating together; addition; an assembly or congregation.
Amuito, s. a modern name for the toa tree.
Amuo, s. the name of a prayer; see amoo.
Amuri, s. the handle of a spear.
Amuri, ad. & prep. hereafter; behind; see muri.
Amutarahu, s. a debtor; see aitarahu.
Amuto, s. the same as amuito, toa, and aito.
Ana, s. a cave or cavern; a piece of rough coral used as a grater; the name of a star.
--v.a. to rasp or grate, such as the kernel of the cocoa-nut by a piece of coral called ana
Ana, pron. 3rd person sing. he, she, or it.
--poss. pron. [from a ana,] of or belonging to him, her, or it; see a.
Ana, ad. or aux. v. when in the imperative, or when the verb is by way of entreaty, but commonly contracted into a or na;; see na.
Anaana, s. brightness, shining, lustre.
--a, bright, shining, splended.
Anaana, s. small pieces of coral or shells thrown upon the shore by the sea.
Anaana, a. indented with small holes, as the coral rocks in the sea; tapering or going in towards the bottom; see tapere.
Anaanaea, a. revived, recruited, refreshed.
--v.n. to be revived or recovered, as a sick person; to be refreshed, as a hungry or faint person; to be recruited, as an army.
Anaanatae, s. strong desire after an object; the going out of affection.
--v.n. to desire ardently.
Anaanateuramea, s. the name of a noted savage of old, according to Tahitian tradition; and is sometimes applied to a cruel, savage, mischief-making man.
Anaanaumupo, s. the brighness of a night oven--fig. a man of a fair speech whose words are not to be trusted.
Anae, a. [anake, nake,] all; every; only;
--ad. together; at once; entirely.
Anae, s. anxiety, thoughtfulness.
--v.n. to be anxious, thoughtful, grieving.
Anae, s. the name of a fish, the mullet.
Anaemoeoho, s. the name of a fish; see orie.
Anaenae, v.n. to be repeatedly exercising anxious thoughts, so as to destroy sleep; to be repeatedly disturbed in sleep by some uneasingess of body or mind.
Anafero, a. gluttonous, libidinous.
Anahero, a. the same as anafero.
Anahoa, s. a strong wind from the south west.
Anaî, s. frugality, economy, carefulness.
Anai, s. a row, or layer; see nanai.
Anî, s. frugally, carefully; cunningly, craftily.
--a clever; skilful; cunning; stingy.
Ananahi, s. to-morrow, or yesterday, according to the way it is mentioned; if the preposition i is before it, it signifies yesterday, otherwise, to-morrow; see abobo and nanahi.
Ananahi atura, s. the day after to-morrow; or, if preceded by an i, the day before yesterday.
Anani, s. [orange, Eng.] the orange tree and fruit; see arani.
Anaohiu, s. the end of the coral grater used to scrape the cocoa-nut; a sauce made of cocoa-nut well scraped and made fine.
Anaouru, s. the same as anaohiu.
Anapa, s. a flash of lightning; the flashing of lightning.
Anapa, v.n. to flash, as lightning or gunpowder.
Anapanapa, v.n. to flash repeatedly, as ligntning.
Anapape, s. a river; the bed of a river; see anavai.
Anatiai ahu, s. an ill favoured, over grown person; a sentinel set to watch over a fortified place in a cave; see ahu.
Anau, s. grief of parents for their children, or of children for their parents.
--v.n. to grieve, as a parent for his child, or the child for his parent.
Anauru, s. a strong, boisterous wind.
Anavai, s. a river; the bed of a river; see anapape.
Anave, s. breath; a line, cord, thread; perseverance; longevity; see aho.
Anave, s. a certain mode of tying a bunch of uru.
Anavenave, a. addicted to get food at another person's house.
Aneane, a. clear, as a fine and cloudless atmosphere;--fig. fair and deceptive, as the speech of a hypocrite.
Anee, s. ductility; the quality of extension.
--v.n. to spread, or extend, as a thing beaten with a hammer or mallet; to slip out, as a wedge.
--a. ductile, malleable.
Anehepiro, s. a person that monopolises different kinds of fish.
--v.n. to be longing for fish, as a sick person.
Anei, v. of being, answering to is or are, but used only interrogatively, as, oia anei? is it so? or, is it that?
Anei, s. the name of an odoriferous shrub.
Ani, s. a request, petition; also the petitoner, asker, or beggar.
--v.a. to ask, petition, beg, &c.
--a. addicted to begging or asking.
Ania, s. superficiality; shallowness; the quality of being merely on the surface.
--a. superficial, slight, shallow, unfounded.
--ad. superficially, slightly.
Aniao, s. the foot; tract; footstep; see avae.
Anini, s. giddiness; a sense of turning in the head.
--v.n. to be giddy or dizzy.
--a. giddy.
Aninia, s. a great degree of diddiness or dizziness in the head.
--v.n. to be very giddy or dizzy; having a sense of circular motion.
--a. giddy, dizzy.
Aniuea, s. a species of taro with very hard, deep, and strong roots.
Anivaniva, s. a great degree of giddiness or vertigo; called also aniniva.
--v.n. to be moving in a zigzag course, as an arrow, or lightning.
Ano, s. the desolate state of a country, or of a house, for want of inhabitants.
--a. desolate, as a house of land.
Anoa, s. shape or appearance of the land as to mountains, vallies, capes, shores, &c.
--a. distant; lost in distance, as the sun in setting, a ship when lost to sight, &c.
Anoano, s. the height of a place; awe; that which causes bashfulness.
--a. high or distant, so that an object cannot be clearl discerned; terrible or frightful because of height; fearful or bashful in entering into a company.
Anoano, s. the seeds of gourds, melons, cucumbers, &c.; see huero.
Anoano, s. a cocoa-nut water-bottle.
Anoano, s. the name of one of the modes of attack, in the exercise of arms called turaau or tiaraau.
Anoanomarie, s. a wide person; one who can solve difficulties.
Anoanomatie, s. a native of a a place where his ancestors were before him; a wise person, as anoanomarie.
--a. clever; wise; intelligent.
Anoanotupu, s. a native of a place, or a permanent resident; see iho tupu.
Anoaurî, s. the steady gaze of a dog at his master; one that will not flinch; as steady friend.
Anoe, s. the desire to see, hear, or eat.
--v.n. to have an abiding pleasure in seeing, hearing or eating.
Anoenoe, v.n. to have continued pleasure in hearing, seeing, &c. so as not to be tired.
Anohi, s. a fish hook; the point of a fish hook.
Anoi, s. a compound; a mixture;
--v.a. to mix together different ingredients.
Anoi, a. mixed, compounded.
Anoino, Anoninoni, v.a. to mix repeatedly.
Anoparau, s. one that can advise, having knowledge of men and things.
Anotaro, s. a season.
Anotau, s. a season; see tau and matahiti.
Anotupu, s. an inhabitant, a resident.
Anu, s. coldness; see maariri.
--a. cold; see toetoe.
Anua, s. the name of a tree of hard wood.
Anua, ad. superficially; slightly.
Anuanu, a. cold, chilly; see maariri.
Anuanua, Anuenue, s. the rainbow.
Anuanua, s. the external part of the root hoi.
Anuhe, s. the common fern in the mountains; also wire from its supposed resemblance to some fern stalks.
Anuhenuhe, s. the apparent greatness of a thing, when not great in reality.
--a. great in appearance only.
Ao, s. day; the light; the natural day; bright clouds of the sky.
Ao, s. Heaven; blessedness; happiness; the state of the blessed.
Ao, s. the good reign of a prince; a hospitable man.
Ao, s. the present life; te ao nei, means the present world, the present state of existence.
Ao, s. the opening buds of trees; the white heart of cabbage, taro, &c; the first that comes off in straining liquors, such as the ava, &c.
Ao, s. the name of a large spotted sea bird.
Ao, s. th eheart of a bundle of cloth; the king who is the head and heart of the country.
Ao, s. the grooves of the cloth mallet; also the marks of the grooves in the cloth.
Ao, s. the part of an arrow that is taken hold of on putting it on the string
Ao, s. the inside bark used for cloth making.
Ao, s. the fat of turtles, fowls, and fishes.
Ao, s. the name of a ceremony previous to that of the tihi; see tihi.
Ao, s. braided human hair; the string that fastens the fa or butt at which men throw their spears.
Ao, s. the food that is turned over at random to visitors at certain feasts.
Ao, s. the chief or first part of things; the first enjoyment.
Ao, s. one of the ropes fastened to a sail.
Ao, s. a spy that comes upon a party at night to see what they are doing.
Ao, s. the sides of a square; an angle.
Ao, v.a. to rip up the bark of small branches for cloth making.
Ao, v.a. to press the liquid out of the or strainer, such as that of the ava, the pia, or cocoa nut kernel.
Ao, v.n. to peep as an eel out of its hole; to appear again, as a lost fugitive.
A'o, s. [ako,] counsel, warning, advice, reproof.
A'o, v.a. [ako, onai,] to counsel, advise, warn, reprove, exhort, preach.
--s. a counsellor, adviser, exhorter, preacher.
Aoa, s. the name of a tree, called also ora and ore, and of the bark of which cloth is made, called by the same names. Tradition says that the tree first grew in the moon, from whence the seed was brought to the earth by a bird.
--s. the name of a species of bread fruit.
--s. the name of a medicinal plant; see pitorea; also a species of coral.
s. a play term of the apere raa.
--a. well peopled, having many houses.
Aoa, v.n. to bark or howl, as a dog.
--s. the howling of dogs.
Aoahe, v.n. to look well to one's self.
Aoaia, v.a. to collect food and other things with care.
Aoao, s. [kaokao,] the ribs.
Aoao, s. slimness, length and well shepedness.
--a.slim, tall, well shaped.
Aoaoa, a. rambling, unsettled; also silly, or delirious.
--v.n. to be delirious, or roving; also to be foolish or silly.
--s. the indistinct noise made by a number of persons at a distance.
Aoaoaehaa, s. narrowness, or confined state when applied to land.
Aoaoaehaa, a. narrow, as a tract of land between a mountin and the sea.
Aoaomaraia, s. the name of a person called the father of fire because he was the first discoverer of the art of procuring fire by friction; before his time the people eat their food raw; see Mahuie.
Aoaopeapea, s. the name of a tii to which prayers were addressed by conjurors.
Aoaotahi, s. a broad rib bone; an intrepid warrior.
Aoareva, s. the large or coarse grooves of the ie or cloth beating mallet.
Aofa, s. a species of plntain.
Aofaofa, s. the straight and tall growth of persons, or of trees.
--a. straight and high, applied to a good looking tree; slim and tall when applied to persons.
Aofeofe, a. the same as aofaofa.
Aoha, s. the same as aofa.
--v.n. to lean or bend down as a fence, or the branch of a tree.
Aoheohe, a long and slender as trees; see aofaofa.
Aoi, v.a. to move a thing a little; to shake, as the wind does a tree; see arori.
Aoioi, v.a. to move or shake a thing repeatedly.
--v.n. to be moving repeatedly as a tree shaken by the wind.
Aoioi, s. the shaking or repeated moving of any thing.
--a. shaken, moveable.
Aorai, s. a name formerly given to the king's house.
Aore, ad. [akore, ao'e, aohe, aole, kaore, kare,] no, not with reference to the past; see aita.
Aorereva, s. a species of native cloth.
Aorereva noa, s. flying clouds; unsettledness of residence.
--a. unsettled.
Aoroa, s. the firmament or heaven; called also moana roa, and said to be the residence of the god Tane.
Aoti, s. a pair of scissors; a person that cuts hair.
--v.a. to cut or crop with scissors.
--a. dressed or polled; see paoti.
Apa, s. a fish-hook with two feathers fixed to it for catching some sorts of fish; also a young bird.
--s. the lining of a garment.
--v.a. to join together two pieces of the tyger shell to make an instrument to catch the fee or cuttle fish.
--v.a. to dart a reed so as to slide along the ground.
Apâ, s. a mode of using the hands in a native dance.
--s. an enclosure, where the young king or infant son of a chief was put to sleep.
--s. a person that eat restricted food, and yet could not be burt by the arts of the sorcerers. The principal god of the apâ was Roa, to whom prayers were addressed, full of imprecations and curses on the sorcerer and his family.
Apaa, s. the name of a fishhook made of scaly pearl shell.
Apaa, s. the blossom of the tiare when fully open; also an idol made of sacred cloth and birds feathers.
Apaa, s. a sort of thisk cloth made by men, (not by women as usual,) of the aute bark, and worked by night, to be sacred to the gods, and was used to cover them during certain ceremonies.
Apaahoe, v.n. to be joined or united in one, to be in league.
Apaahui noa, s. a stranger or foreigner.
Apaapaa, s. chips, splinters; also some thing reported or known in an indirect way, not properly authenticated.
Apaapa, s. one side of a thing when divided through the middle, as the carcase of a beast or fish, the side of a house, &c.
--s. birds of all sorts; see manu.
--v.n. to flap as a sail, or as the wings of a bird.
--s. a seat in a canoe;
Apaapa, s. the name of the seventh of the Tahitian moons or months.
Apaapaûai, s. the name of a small fish with very wide fins; fig. an ostentatious person.
Apaapia, s. a ceremony used in making peace between contending parties; a piece of cloth was laid down by one party, and if the terms of agreement were approved, the other party laid another upon it; if not, it was torn, and war followed; see fanufaite.
Apaariaria, s. the name of a beautiful cloth made of the aute bark; see aute.
Apae, a. five in counting; see arima.
Apae, s. a roost or perch for fowls.
--v.n. to roost as a fowl.
--s. the restoring of a chief to his possessions; the party that restored him.
Apai, s. the name of a certain game; the player at the game apai.
--v.a. to play with bat and ball at the game apai; to carry or convey on the wing.
--v.a. to string together the raoere or leaves used as a fishing net; to take off the husk of a cocoa-nut.
--s. a stringer of cocoa-nut leaves.
Apâpâ, a parcel or aute, or the bark called pouru, laid out by the women for cloth making.
--v.a. to put the bark of the aute or of the bread fruit branches in layers in preparation for cloth making.
Apapafara, a. hasty in speech as when angry.
Apapavai, a. smooth, still, unruffled, as the surface of the water in a calm; smooth and unruffled in temper; smooth and fair.
Apape, s. the name of a tree used for boat building; the leaves are like those of the ash; see avai; the name also of a shrub.
--s. a sort of scented cloth; called also vaivai.
--v.a. to use the leaves of the shrub apape for scenting cloth.
Apara, s. a name given to pia and other things when collect-ed together, from a strange notion, formerly entertained, that they would vanish away if called by their porper names.
Aparai, s. an enclosure for an infant, the son of a king or principal chief, who was sacred till certain ceremonies had been performed; also a temporary marae.
--a. clear, cloudless, applied to the sky.
Aparau, s. a person or speech that causes laughter.
--v.n. to be jocular or jesting.
Apari, a. rocky, dangerous to pass on account of rocks, or broken coral reefs.
Aparima, s. a teacher, or regulator of the ori or Tahitian dance; see faatia.
Aparipari, a. rocky, full of broken corals.
Aparu, s. the name of a species of ape, [arum costatum,] less acrid than some other kinds.
--s. a sort of fish hook.
--s. a consultation of the chiefs about peace or war, or the best measures to be adopted.
Aparuparu, s. the consultation of chiefs; called also aparuparu roa, and aparu ruaroa.
--s. the name of a fish-hook.
Apata, s. a thicket or wood that is hardly penetrable; a cluster of branching coral in the sea.
Apatahi, v.n. to cast a side glance at a person on account of displeasure or of shame.
--a. one sided, as a certain flower is said to be, tiare apatahi; see tiare.
Apatoa, s. the north.
Apatoerau, s. the south.
Ape, s. [kape,] the arum costatum, of which there are several varietes.
--s. the act of flinching from danger, or of avoiding the consequence of an argument.
--v.n. to flinch, so as to avoid a blow.
Apea, s. a twig, or a branch.
Apeape, v.n. to flinch repeatedly.
Apeau, s. a lean sort of turtle.
Apeau, a. shy, ashamed.
Apeapea, s. small twigs or branches.
Apee, s. the name of a small fish that follows a large one.
Apeepee, s. the name of a game among children.
--v.a. to make feathers to fly, a hildren's game.
Apehava, s. a large over grown ape, under the shade of which people sometimes eased themselves, it was therefore abominated and not eaten; a lazy worthless person so called by way of contempt.
Apepe, v.a. to add to one's own the food or property of another.
Apepe, s. a piece put on a sail when torn.
--v.a. to patch or piee; see tapepe.
Apepe, v.a. to do something beside, or not to the purpose; to be seeking more than one's own.
Apepepepe, v.a. to heap one thing upon another.
--v.n. to roll as one wave upon another.
Apere, s. the reed thrown or darted in the game called aperea; the person that throws the reed.
Apere, v.a. to play the game of apere.
Aperea, s. the name of a certain game.
Apeta, s. the name of a war canoe.
Apetahi, v.n. to look aside, or askance.
Apetai, s.the name of a sea eel that is not eatable.
Apeu, s. the inside of a bow towards its ends.
Apeu, s. a mode of fishing for the iihi fish.
Api, s. folds of cloth pasted together; the leaves of a book; the bivalve shells of fish; a part of a canoe.
Api, s. a small spotted fish.
Api, v.n. to be full, occupied, closed up.
--a. filled, ocuupied as a place.
Api, v.a. to confederate together, as different parties; to join, as the sub-divisions of a fleet of war canoes.
Apî, a. young, recent, late; see hou.
Apia, a. closed, as the oyster or pahua shells.
Apiapi, s narrowness, confinedness of a place or of the mind; straightness, difficulty as to choice.
Apiapi, a. filled, occupied; narrow.
Apiapi, s. a cloth, dyed and perfumed with certain plants.
Apiparau, s. the valve that joins the pearl oyster shell.
Apihuoi, s. a mode of attack in war when a party is kept in reserve; a vagrant and worthless person.
Apipiti, ad. together, altogether, by parties joining together.
Apiri, s. the name of a small tree that grows on high ground.
Apiri, s. a species of banana; also the name of a fresh water fish, a sort of oopu.
Apiti, s. a couple, or two joined together.
--a. two in counting; see epiti and erua.
Apiti, v.a. to join or unite with another.
--v.n. to have two sources, applied to the wind when coming from two different quarters.
Apitia, v.n. to be in a joining state, as two trees growing jointly; two parties in one.
Apitipiti, v.n. to couple or join things together repeatedly; the plural of apiti.
Apito, s. a party joined hand in hand; the act of joining things together.
--v.a. to join things together; join hand in hand.
Apiu, s. the leaves that are first put on the food in covering it up in the native oven.
Apo, s. the act of catching a thing thrown to a person; the person who so catches a thing.
--v.a. to catch a thing thrown to a person.
Apo, s. a hollow place in a rock.
--a. hollow, as the belly of a hungry person.
Apoa, s. the score on the lower end of the rfters of a native house; the end of the outrigger that joins the canoe.
--s. a war-term applied to that part of the army that is behind the viri, or those in the van.
Apoahu, s. the name of a species of bread fruit, called also arave.
Apoaop, v.a. to catch repeatedly things thrown at a person.
--v.n. to contract the abdomen.
Apoi, s. the inner or curved part of a bow, or of any crooked thing.
Apoo, s. a pit, hole, grave, aperture; see rua.
--s. a council, or meeting for consultation.
--v.n. to meet, or asemble together for consultation.
Apooaahi, s. the place where people fish for the aahi; see aahi.
Apooihu, s. the nostrils; see ihu.
Apoomatai, s. the source of the wind, or the quarter from which it blows.
Apoopoo, v.n. to be consulting secretly about a person, nd speaking ill of him behind his back.
Apoopuaa, s. a place frequented by hogs.
Apooraa, s. a council or assembly convened; a meeting; the time or place of meeting.
Apopo, s. and ad. to morrow; see ananahi.
Aporo, s. the small fruit at the end of a bunch.
Apou, s. the inside of a bow.
Apu, s. the shell of seeds, nuts, and fish.
Apu, s. width, breadth; see aano.
--a. wide, broad.
Apu, v.a. to dart or fall fiercely on each other as hogs and dogs when eating, or as certain fishes. add abu
Apua, s. the handle of a spear; see amuri.
Apua, s. a prayer used by sorcerers.
Apua, s. a string of tiare flowers tied about the head by the women.
Apuapu, s. a large species of the ti, or the Dracæna terminales.
Apuapu, s. pliancy, flexibility.
--a. pliable, flexible; thin or slender as a cup, or the bottom of a canoe, or something that is hollow.
Apuaria, s. sultry; scorching, as the heat of the sun.
Apuaroa, s. an agreeable, slight breeze of wind.
Apufera, v.n. to withdraw, a play-term.
Apumaa, s. a hospitable person.
--a. hospitable, generous with food.
Apumata, s. the socket of the eye.
Apuô, interj. a cry on the discovery of a ship or a large canoe, apuô ! apuô !
Apupape, s. the brains of a beast.
Apupipape, s. the brains of a beast, but not of a man, except by way of contempt.
Apupivai, s. the same as apupape.
Apura, s. a species of taro; see mapura.
Apurima, s. the hollow of the hand.
Apurima ore, s. an empty hand; a term used in the game tuutuupiri;--fig. a person who has disappointed another's expectation.
Apuroro, s. the human skull.
Apurua, s. a term applied to relations by marriage, a parent of the party married becomes the apurua to the parent of the other party that is married.
Aputa, v.n. to pierce through or enter, as light through smal openings; to enter the mind as perceptions of things.
Aputaputa, v.n. having been pierced repeatedly.
--a. having several light spots or patches, as the white feathers in a dark bird; full of holes or of patches.
Apuu, s. prominent risings on the top of the hills; see puu.
--s. the short risings of the waves of the sea.
Apuvai, s. the brains of a beast.
Ara, s. a road or path; see ea.
Ara, s. small twigs or branches; see peapea.
Ara, v.n. to awake; to be watchful.
--a. awake; wakeful; watchful.
Ara, s. the skin on the back of the shark.
Ara, v.n. to come to notice; to transpire; to be mentioned or divulged.
Arâ, s. a species of hard black stone.
Ara, v.a. to importune the gods, and make much of them by presents, &c., to gain their countenance in war.
Araa, s. a messenger sent before a chief and company to give information of their approach; or to give notice of the approach of some feast or religious ceremony.
Araa, s. the small fry of fish, used as bait for the large ones.
Arâa, v.n. to be raised or lightened, as a vessel in the water, or as a thing that was sunk; to be raised to prosperity from a degraded state.
Ara aau, v.n. to remain sleepless at night.
Ara aau, s. the middle or highest part of the coral reef, where people walk and stand to fish.
Araaha, s. a part of a canoe sewn together with aha or sinnet.
Araara, s. the glaring of the eyes of animals.
--a. sparkling, glaring, shining.
Araara, s. the face or eyes; the first beginning of a thing; the edge of a tool; see mata.
Arâarâa, v.n. to be convalescent; to be raised from depression by some unexpected good news.
Araaraaivao, s. an inhabitant of the upper vallies; a wild or untamed animal
--a wild, untamed, unaccustomed to the sea side, as an inhabitant of the interior of the country.
Araaravî, s. the name of a fish, which when full grown is called hiroa.
Araaravî, v.n. to be brought under, cowed, or conquered; see vi.
Araatia, s. the out posts of a house.
Araau, s. the current of water between rocks
Araau, s. a longing desire to go, or to obtain some object.
Araau, v.n. to be employed in telling tales at night, or in other talk, so as not to sleep.
Araavero, s. a sore laid up for exigencies.
Araburabu, v.n. to swing up and down, as a long pole when carried on the shoulder.
Arae, s. a small variegated fish.
Araea, s. [alaea,] red earth; bricks; red crockery ware; reddish colours.
Araea, v.n. to be almost suffocated in eating voraciously.
Araeri, s. an oblong basket made of cocoa nut leaves.
Arafaa, s. a fish trap.
Arafati, s. small branches broken off by the wind; see ara and fati.
Arafene, s. the elephant fish, modified from the English word elephant.
Arafenua, s. a name given to a high wind from the westward.
Araharaha, s. a fish, called also paraharaha.
Araharaha, s. a road with many turnings.
Arahea, s. a partial calm, when there is wind at a distance on both sides.
Arahi, a. much or many; see nui.
Arahi, v.n. to dwell, sit, abide; see noho.
Arahiu, s. the uppermost extremity of a tree; also the point or small end of an instrument.
Arahapehape, s. a war term signigying the small remainder of a party that continued to fight when most had fled.
Arahoua, s. a part of a canoe that is bored for tying with sinnet; a decrepit old person.
Arahu, s. coal; charcoal; the remains of any thing burnt but not reduced to ashes.
Arâhuepini, s. a very hard stone; see arâ.
Arahuepini, s. a heavy blow from a boxer; an athletic, clever fellow; one that is dextrous and unwearied, and will not be moved or give way; a close, stingy fellow.
--a. stingy; ill looking.
Arahura, s. a war term signifying a party that skirmishes in front of the main army.
Arahurahu, s. a small black marine bird.
--a blackish; of a dark colour.
Arai, s. an interposer, mediator; an obstruction.
--v.a. to interpose, mediate, obstruct.
Arai, s. pearl shell brought from a certain place in the small islands to the eastward of Tahiti, called Arai, hence the name; a pearl fishing hook.
Araia, s. species of stiff, black-colored cloth.
Araia, s. the liver; see paraia.
Araia, s. a person's own place of birth.
Arâia, s. the iddle of the space between two islands; see aria; the place or boundary from which fish or birds return to their usual haunts.
Araihupehupe, s. a certain part of the native female dress called tihi; see tihi.
Araimoana, s. a bunch of red feathers fixed in the body of the too or image representing one of the gods.
Arainu, s. bait for fish.
Araiore, s. the ridge pole of a house.
Araiore, s. a war term, signifying a certain mode of attack not expected by the enemy.
Araireva, s. a great perpendicular height; a great depth; a great distance at sea.
Arairi, s. a sort of basket; see arapapa.
Aramaehae, s. a mode of seizing or of holding the spear; see araiore.
Aramihi, s. the name of a small edible crab.
Aramii, v.n. to be displeased, to feel pain from ungratified desire.
Aramii, a. angry, displeased.
--ad. niggardly.
Aramoe, s. forgetfulness.
Aramoe, a. lost, forgotten; see moe.
aramoi, s. & a. the same as aramoe.
Aramoina, a. forgotten, lost; see moe.
Aramoomoo, s. a sort of an edible crab.
Aramuamua, s. the same as aramoomoo.
Arani, s. [alani,] from the English, orange, the tree and truit; see anani.
Aranoa, s. the common rad, in distinction from that of the marae or sacred place.
Aranua, s. the name of a small odoriferous shrub that grows in the mountains.
Aranui, s. [alanui,] the great or public road.
Araoa, s. the side plank of a canoe.
Araoa, s. the throat; see arapoa.
Araoa, s. the eye socket.
Araoe. s. one species of the red fish iihi.
Araooti, s. a war term; see aratipi.
Araouma, s. a mode of wrestling.
Araouma, s. a road over the breast; a term applied to some viscious actions among the natives.
Arapa, s. a sort of basket.
Arapae, s. a slanting or crooked road along the rocks.
Arapai, s. the wall plate, or the piece on which the rafters lodge; called also apai and rape.
Arapaia, s. the liver; see paraia.
Arapapa, s. the name of a basket.
Arapepe, s. the name of a small fish; called also pereaiai.
Arapepe, s. a small axe or tomahawk; the name of a basket, the same as arapapa.
Arapoa, s. the throat.
Arapoa, s. the bend of the leg; a part of a spear; see atai.
Arapoa, s. gluttony, voraciousness.
--a. gluttonous, voracious; see aai.
Arapofai, v.a. to instigate the people to warlike exploits, and that repeatedly. There was also a certain prayer used for the arapofai.
--s. a seditious person.
Arapofaifai, v.a. to repeatedly stir up the people to warlike actions.
Arapuo, s. the line of pith, or heart of a tree; see puo.
Ararâ, a hoarse, through calling or much speaking.
--s. hoarseness.
Ararâ v.n. to become hoarse through calling, or much speaking.
--adv. hoarsely.
Arara, s. a name given to the most common and lively sort of lizard; see moo.
Arara, s. the ascent of an arrow.
--v.n. to be diverging upward from the intended course, applied to an arrow.
Ararahoa, v.n. to have the headache; to be weary of something disagreeable.
Arare, a indistinct, as the voice of a person just roused from sleep.
Araroa, s. the largest sort of the albicore.
Araroa, s. the first hog taken to the king on taking off a restriction; the first of fish caught by a new fishing canoe.
Araroa, s. a long road; a certain kind of monoi or sweet scented oil, the ingredients of which were fetched from a distance.
Arataata, s. a plank laid fore and aft of a canoe along the side; the seats where the rowers sit in a boat; the highest part of the coral reef where people walk.
Aratai, s. [alakai,] a leader, guide, conductor.
--v.a. to lead, guide, conduct; see faa aratai.
Arataio, s. the name of a fish.
Arataiô a path over a ledge of rocks.
Arataua, s. the name of a fish; the same as arataio.
Arataua, s. the taua or friend, having been made use of as the means of procuring some good.
Aratâumi, s. the number of marks of the breast-plates, called taumi, marked on the skin.
Arataura, s. a rope ladder; a rope to climb by; one placed as a guide for a blind person.
Arâtavai, s. a round, hard, and smooth pebble, found in water courses, and used by slingers.
Aratea, a. pale, as the countenance through fear.
Arateitâ, s. rubbish drifted from the lland into the sea, and remaining in a long row between the reef and the shore, and resembling another reef; also the body of a net when the fisherman pulls each end near together; one who excites to vigilance and courage.
Aratia, s. a road, a path-way; see ara.
Aratiapapau, s. a fordable place at the mouth of rivers.
Aratio, s. a passage near the shore abounding with the sharp tio or oyster shells, and dangerous to the naked feet.
Aratipi, s. a war term, signifying that a party is to be placed so as to take advantage of the enemy, either in coming behind or in the flank; see araooti.
Aratô s. the person that pulls or drags any thing.
--v.a. to pull, or drag along the ground; to bring by violence.
--v.n. to be trailing, as a long garment along the ground.
Aratu, s. a road or path; see ea, ara, &c.
Aratua, s. the name of a cutaneous disease of the back; also small maggots or worms.
Aratuaririi, s. disagreeable, as a road; a long unpleasant journey; or a tedious piece of work.
--a. long, tedious, disagreeable as a road, or work with little prospect of finishing it.
Aratutia, s. a road. so called when two persons meet on it.
Aratutu, a. surfeiting, applied to food.
Araû, a. unripe, or not full grown, as a gourd or calabash.
Arau, s. the two wings of a large fishing net, the middle is called tahe; also a mode of fishing.
Arau, a. long, crooked, and bad, as a tree; long as a wave of the sea; see araurau.
Araua, s. a good pilor, who knows well how to manage a boat or a canoe in dangerous and difficult places.
Araua, a. rough, unpolished, as a piece of hewn timber; having breaks and notches as the edge of a tool; see nihoniho.
Araunu, s. bait for fish; see arainu.
Araurau, s. a long wave of the sea.
Arauru, s. the beginning of a subject; the top end or extremity; a slight or partial relation of a matter.
Arava, s. a bunch of long red feathers, sacred to the gods; see ura.
Arava, s. a stripe, or contusion; see irava.
Arava, s. the larger sort of cuttle fish; a large species of the star fish, with four long and four short rays.
Arava, s. a subdivision of inferior chiefs under a superior.
Arava, a. fair, beautiful, white.
Aravaa, s. a passage for a canoe or boat through the reefs and shallows.
Aravaitaio, a. of a graceful figure or mein; fair, as a corps that appears as if still alive.
Aravao, s. a person that resides in the upper vallies; see taevao.
Aravarava, s. stripes or lashes on the skin.
Aravei, s. a species of large bread-fruit.
Aravî, s. the subdued, or depressed state of a party, person, or animal.
--a. subdued, depressed.
--v.n. to be in a depressed state; to be in fear; to become thin by disease.
Aravî, a. unequal, as the strands of a rope.
Aravihi, s. ingenuity, knowledge, skill.
--a. ingeneous, skilful, cunning.
Are, s. [ale,] a wave or billow of the sea.
Area, conj. but, but as for, as when, as for instance.
Area, s. the space between two objects.
Area, adv. presently, by and by; see aria.
Area, s. the resistance that food or drink meets with so as to cause its return by the nostrils.
Area, v.n. to return as drink by the nostrils.
Area, verb anomalous, to suppose, conclude, expect with reference to the past, as area ra vau, I thought, supposed, or expected so and so; see atia ra.
Areare, s. sickness, qualmishness of the stomach as in seasickness; or loathing food; also perturbation of mind.
--v.n. to be sick or qualmish.
Areâre, a. thin, worn out, as the bottom of a canoe; nearly cut through as a tree; nearly worn out; also difficult of access, as a thing on the summit of a high rock.
Arearea, v.n. to be diverted or pleased by company.
--a. cheerful, gay, through the presence of company.
Arearea, s. the spaces between the knots on the sugar cane, bamboo, reeds, &c.
Arearea, s. a stranger.
Arefatumoana, s. a heavy rolling swell of the sea.
Areho, s. a sort of shelled snail found among the bushes.
Arehu, s. the name of the third Tahitian month; sometimes called varehu or o varehu.
Arehu, s. darkness, gloominess of the evening.
Arehurehu, s. duskiness, increasing darkness of the evening.
Arematua, s. a wave that has been long in forming.
Aremu, s. the lower part of the spine.
Arepu, v.a. to disturb the water as fish do in swimming; to cause commotion.
Arepurepu, v.a. to disturb repeatedly.
--v.n. to be repeatedly in agitation; to be disturbed as people by news of war, &c.
Arerarera, s. the faultering state of the voice.
--v.n. to faulter or stammer, as a sick person, or one in sleep.
--a. faultering, stammering.
--adv. faulteringly.
Arere, s. a messenger; one appointed as the king's messenger; see vea, tuutuuvea.
Arero, s. [alelo, eleo, e'eo,] the tongue.
Arero, s. the king's sacred and royal girdle or maro, to which the names Hihiopea, Taiuuhauiti, Hanea, and Haoa, were given; these were the names of the tongues, or pendant parts; and Terai puatata was a name of the whole maro, which was used at the coronation.
Arero, s. any small slip of cloth; the pendant parts of a maro or girdle.
Aretea, s. the white waves of an agitated sea.
Aretu, s. a species of grass; see nonoha.
Areu, s. a piece of cloth worn about the loins; see pareu.
Areue, s. a wave that breaks over a canoe or a boat.
Areava, s. a species of lizard with a branching or divided tail.
Areva, s. the male, or the larger species of the totara. or hedge hog fish.
Areva, s. a species of the sandal wood; also any wood that splits easily.
Areva, s. a sort of thin white native cloth, with long stripes from the coarse side of the mallet.
Areva, s. the name of one of the spears, or sticks, used in the exercise of arms called turaau.
Arevareva, s. scales on the skins of the great ava drinkers.
Arevareva, s. the name of a large spotted bird, said formerly to be inspired at times by the god Manuteaa; see oovea.
Areavareva, s. the name of a cutaneous disease.
Ari, s. the boundless deep; a bog of an unknown depth; any thing boundless in depth, height, or etent; also applied to the emptiness of the body.
Ari, a. empty, as the stomach; waste, as the land forsaken by its inhabitants; frightful, as a place in battle.
Ari, s. the tribute paid to the king, or a principal chief; the advantages obtained by marriage, or otherwise, such as land, property, influence, or government.
Ari, s. a wave or billow; see are and aru.
Ari, v.a. to scoop out the earth from a hole with both hands.
Aria, s. the space between objects; the parts between the knots of sugar cane, bamboo, &c.
Aria, s. the pinis of animals.
Aria, s. a spot, or small blemish in a thing.
Aria, v.a. to gripe, pinch; see iiti.
Aria, adv. [alia,] shortly, presently, by and by.
Aria ana, adv. shortly, in a little time.
Aria aena, adv. after a little while, shortly.
Aria'na, adv. a contraction of aria ana.
Ariari, s. clearness, transparency.
--a. clear, fair, transparent; see aiai
Ariari, s. the thinness or worn out state of a thing.
--a. thin or small in some places.
Arihi, s. the ropes that are fixed to a fishing net, the upper one to which the raai or corks are fixed, is called arihi i nia, and that to which the stones are fixed is called arihi i raro. Fig., the word was extensively used, arihi i nia, were prayers made in time of war called by the names Paepaetiairi, Tefaaatainuu, Tiataahiarepo, Tumuriri, Teeaea, and Hamaiterai. The arihi i raro were those that stirred up the people to vigilance and activity, the chief priests, and other leading chiefs.
Arii, s. [ariki, aiki, alii, eiki, hakaiki, agi,] a head of principal chief, a king; see rai.
Arii, s. a small quantity or trifle; see rii.
Ariiae, s. a small quantity.
--v. let it be small.
Ariihuaamanu, s. a bunch of red feathers that were to represent the king at certain ceremonies.
Ariirea, s. a small or moderate quantity.
Ariitahua amanu, s. the same as ariihua amanu.
Ariitapiripiri, s. the name of a god that could, it was said, heal all diseases, and perform other wonders.
Ariitapotu ura, s. the name of another Tahitian god.
Arima, a. [alima, ima,] five; see rima.
Ario, s. [Greek, argyrion; British, arion; French, argent;] silver; see moni.
Arioi, s. a certain fraternity of players, that travelled through the islands, and observed peculiar customs; see taio and taua.
Aripiripi, s. slenderness, weakness through being slender.
--a. weak, slender, swagging.
--v.n. to tremble through weakness; to swag as a sail.
Aripo, v.n. to be whirled about by the wind.
Ariporipo, v.n. to be whirled about repeatedly.
Aripuripu, adv. hobblingly, as in walking.
Ariri, s. the name of a small shell fish.
Arita, s. the fibrous root of the plant farapepe; see ieie.
Arita, s. the name of a basket.
Aritu, s. a person who seizes his prey in time of war.
Ariva, s. the slender state of a board, or piece of timber.
--a. slender, thin.
Arivariva, a. having many slender places.
Arivariva, s. the name of a small fish that wriggles like an eel.
Arivariva, v.n. to wriggle like an eel.
Aro, s. [alo, a'o,] the front, face, presence of a person.
Aro, v.n. [ngaro, na'o,] to be lost or forgotten; to be unknown, never known or understood.
--a. lost, forgotten, unknown.
Aro, v.a. to wage war, to fight as two armies.
Aroâ, s. a road or street; the smoothest and best side of a piece of timber, leaves, cloth, or any thing that has a difference in the surface; see taoâ; the space between two canoes.
Aroa, a. kind, hospitable to visitors.
Aroa, s. the ridge of a hill or mountain; an interior ridge; the view taken of a subject or of certain customs.
Aroaro, s. indistinctness, mysteriousness.
--a. dark, mysterious; lonesome, desolate.
Aroaro, s. the lining of a garment.
Aroaroa, a. dusky, dark, indistinct.
Aroe, s. a small bowl in the shape of a canoe.
Aroeroe, a. slender, without branches.
--v.n. growing long and weak on account of shade.
Aroeroe, s. the name of a worm found in decayed wood.
Aroeroe, a. indistinct, as the vision of a person that had been looking at the sun or some shining body.
Aroga, s. [aloha, aoha, aroa,] compassion, pity, sympathy, love, affection.
Aroha, v.a. to have pity or compassion; to shew mercy, love, sympathy.
--a. pitiable, as taata aroha, a pitiable man, or one who is an object of compassion.
Aroharoha, v.a. to repeatedly commiserate.
Aroharoha, a. of comparison, as aroharoha ae tei mutaaiho, it was not comparable to the former, (an idiomatical expression.)
Aroha tae, s. empty sympathy.
Arohi, v. anomalous, a word of excitement to be brisk, active, vigilant.
Aroine, s. the sea between the reef and shore.
Aroire, s. a path way along the reef.
Aromanava, s. a term of endearment used in a pehe or ditty for children
Aromoi, v.n. to forget; see aro and moi.
Aromoina, v.n. to be forgotten; see aramoina.
Aronee, v.a. to draw near to an enemy by crawling along the ground to fight, from aro, to fight, and nee, to crawl.
Aropa, s. a mistake, error, misstep; the loss of something by turning aside.
--v.n. to turn about, or look another way.
Aroparopa, v.n. to turn aside repeatedly.
Aroparopa, adv. staggeringly, irregularly.
Aropito, v.a. to prepare for fighting, but in approaching the enemy to join hands together.
Aroraa, s. a battle; the time or place of fighting.
Aroreva, s. the name of a stone adze formerly in use.
Arori, s. a movement.
--v.n. to be moving, or shaking; to stagger.
Arorirori, v.n. to be repeatedly moving or shaking.
Aroriu, s. [arorua,] a single combat.
--v.n. to face each other as two combatants.
Aroro, s. a rope used as a stay to the mast of a sailing canoe.
Aroro, v.n. to be lost to view, as a star that was a guide at sea; lost as a word or sentence that is obsolete; to be extinct as a family.
Arorua, s. a second in a combat; a friend or beloved child; called also aropiti.
Arotahi, v.a. to fight in a compact body, when the shole meet fairly together.
Arotapupu, s. a skirmishing fight, a fight at random.
Arotarere, v.a. to cast away a friend or companion, without any concern.
Arotavae ureroa, s. a disgraceful combat.
Arote, s. [Gr. arotron, Lat. aratrum,] the plough.
Aroti, v. anom. be vigilant; see arohi.
Arotira, s. a certain ceremony performed at the marae, with prayers, previous to a voyage.
Aroviri, s. the advanced party in war; the van of an army.
Aru, s. a wave or billow when two or three break together on the coral reef.
Aru, s. a forest, a thicket of wood.
Aru, s an elderly perosn, when the skin becoms wrinkled.
Aru, s. a large fishing net, then fathoms long; the line or rope of a fesherman when coiled together; a fisherman's prayer.
Aru, s. the joyful exultation of a voyager; also a false accusation.
Aru, s the extinction or ceasing of desire.
Arua, a. [alua, ua, aua,] two; see rua.
Arua, s. a hole or pit; see rua.
Aruâ, s. consternation and regret at the loss of a person in war.
Aruaru, s. a new-born infant.
--a. infantile, childish.
Aruaru, s. a pursuer, a huntsman.
--v.a. to hunt, pursue; see auau.
Aruaru, s. a species of coral; also a rasp made of it, to rasp canoes.
Aruaruâ, s. consternation of account of repeated defeats in war.
--v.n. to be heavy through age or infirmity; to have lost usual energy.
--v.n. to be in commotion, as the sea after a storm.
--a. uneven, as a country full of hills and vallies; jaggy, ragged.
Aruaru porepore, s eager pursuit of property.
Aruarui, s. sudden alarm of war in the night; called also aruapo.
Arue, v.a. to praise, commend, or laud.
Arue, s. the noise made by calling aloud, and thereby causing an echo.
Arue, s. praise, commendation.
Arueroa, s. the south west wind.
Aruerue, s. the noise made by calling aloud, and thereby causing a repeated echo.
--v.n. to be reverberating, as the echo of some loud noise in the top of the vallies; to be agitating, applied to water.
Arufaahema, s. deception by fair words, while a plot of destruction has been planned.
Arufaaî, s. a swelling sea, rising on both sides of a canoe or boat.
Arufaaipaea, s. words of conciliation, without sincerity.
Arufaatiapapau, s. a wave that breaks unexpectedly.
Arufetoitoi, s. a cross sea, or confluence of waves breaking at once.
Aruhao, s. a sea that breaks out of its usual course.
Aruhe, s. a fresh water fish, a species of oopu.
Aruhi, s a thing in its weak state; a bird just hatched; a weak inefficient person.
Aruhiri, s. a wave that curls and breaks.
Arui, s. night; see rui and po.
Arumahora, s. a long swelling sea that does not break.
Arumaruma, a. dark, cloudy.
Arumata, s. the inside covering of the eye.
Arumatara, s. a clear and open sea.
Aruonaona, s. a sea that rises continually.
Arupapai tohi, s. a sea that rises behind;--fig. a slander behind one's back.
Arupare, s. a temporary house or shed; a prayer used by fishermen.
Arupopore. v.a. to pursue with eagerness.
Arupue, v.a. to take at random what belongs to others.
Arupapure, s. a foaming sea.
Arure, s. food beaten into a pulp; see popoi.
Aruri, a. left, in opposition to right.
Aruri, adv. indistinctly, as faa roo aruri, to hear or perceive indistinctly.
Aruriri, s. a sea that in breaking sends up its sprays towards the clouds.
Aruriruri, s. a rumour, an indistinct report, not well defined.
Arurorirori, s. a very strong and heavy surf, which cannot be passed.
Aruru, s. a species of the cavally fish.
Aruru, adv. together or collectively.
Arutahopu, s. a sea that breaks and falls before a person, or at his feet.
Arutapoipoi, s. a sea in continued succession; called also arutanunanuna.
Arutataino, s. a wave that fills a canoe or a boat and sinks it; called also arufaaee.
Arutiatiafe'u, s. a wave that covers a person, and takes away his breath; called also aruvehí.
Arutiraorao, s. a contending sea; fig conflicting of interests
Aruta, v.a. to seize food before it is served out.
--s. the act of so seizing food.
Arutaruta, v.a. to seize food repeatedly before it is served out.
Arutuatea, s. a heavy sea that can be seen and prepared for.
Ata, s. a cloud, a shadow.
Ata, s. a certin prayer at a marae; the shaded or ornaented part of a mat called vane
Ata, s. stalks of leaves, flowers, and fruits; the tops of the umara, taro, &c.
Ata, s. [kata,] laughter.
--v.n. to laugh.
Ata, s. the twilight; see aahiata.
Ata, s. a messenger sent before a chief.
Ata, s. a bait thrown to fish.
Atâ, a. unwilling, unapt, as faaroo atâ, unwilling to hear or obey; haapii atâ, unapt to learn; it also signifies a negative like the English less, as haapao, to regard, haapao atâ, regardless; also durable, as mea vaiho atâ, a durable thing, or thing of a long continuance; also difficult to get or attain, as e mea noaa atâ, a thing difficult to get.
Ataa, a. split, much divided; see paatoa.
--v.n. rent asunder.
Ataata, v.n. to laugh repeatedly; to laugh together as a company.
Ataâta, a. shocking, disgusting.
--v.n. to be shocked or disgusted.
Ataata, a. laughable, contemptible.
Ataataa, s. withdrawment; disengagedness.
--v.n. to withdraw; to be disengaged.
Ataata raa, s. an object of contempt.
Ataata roa, s. a heavy and continued rain.
Ataata roroa, s. the same as ataata roa.
Ataava, s. a shoot of the ava plant; fig. a worthless person.
Atae, s. a deciduous tree bearing scarlet flowers.
Atae, interj. a word used in various exclamations of wonder, surprise, affection, disgust, according to the nature of the subject and the tone of voice; as atae ae! atae hoi! atae ai hoi! atae hoi e! atae ai i teie! atae atu ai i te mea ra!
Atae ra, interj. of sympathy on the visit of a friend.
Ataetai, s. the name of a white bird; also nimbleness.
Ataetai, a. nimble of foot.
Ataha, v.n. to turn aside.
Atahataha, a. narrow, as the border of low land between the mountains and the sea shore.
Atahe, s. the name of a small tree of hard wood; also one of the methods of using the spear in the exercise of turaau.
Atahi, a. [akahi, ata'i, taha,] one in counting.
Atahira, s. a dirge or song; a word used at the beginning of a song.
Atai, s. a species of fern.
Atai, s. the head of a spear.
Ataivaha, a. obstinate; a playterm used by archers.
Atama, s. affection for a child.
Atama, s. [akamai,] wisdom, intelligence; an intelligent person.
--a. wise, intelligent.
Ataniho, s. a smile.
--v.n. to smile.
--a. smiling.
Ataniho, s. a deceitful smile.
Ataooti, s. cuttings of the ava plant; also a native of a place.
Ataore, s. senseless laughter.
Atapaoho, s. laughter, loud laughter.
Atar, s. a species of bread-fruit.
Atara, s. the name of a fish.
Ataraioio, a. handsome, of a graceful mein.
Atari, s. a bunch of cocoa-nuts, or plantains.
Atari, a. unstable, moveable.
Ataritari, v.n. to be unsteady, changeable.
Ataritari, a. unstable, unsteady in words or actions.
Ataritari, v.a. to tie up bundles of bread-fruit, &c., repeatedly.
Ataro, a. right, not left; see atau.
Atata, s. the name of a small fish.
Atatia, s. running water; a rill that never dries.
--a. running, applied to water.
Atatiitii, s. the great morning clouds; any thing of imposing appearance, or gorgeously decorated, though of little consequence.
Atatu, s. the state of being agitated.
--v.n. to be in disorder or agitation.
Atatutatu, v.n. to be repeatedly agitated and thrown into confusion, or consternation of mind.
--a. agitating.
Ataturuinoa, s. one who runs off suddenly to join another party.
Ataturuirua, s. clouds going two differnt ways; a treacherous person that will take to either party, as it suits him.
Atau, a. right, in opposition to left, as rima atau, right hand; see aui.
Atavai, s. small streams of water.
Atavai, a. pretty, elegant.
Atavai, s. adoption; see tavai.
Atave, s. a cluster of fruit; see atari.
Ate, s. the calf of the leg.
Atea, s. openness, clearness, distinctness.
--a. clear, having no obstruction, no obscurity.
Atea, a. distant, far off; also beforehand.
Ateate, s. purity, clearness, as of water or any liquid.
--a. clear, as the countenance; free from deceit; sincere.
Ateau, s. part of the liver to which the gall-bladder is attached; fig. a person of boldness and courage.
Ateau, s. a war term signifying chiefs, warriors, leading or principal men.
Ateau, a. courageous, fearless.
Atehuhu, a. fierce, daring.
Atere, v.n. to spread; see anee.
Aterima, s. the thick part of the arm.
Ateroa, s. the milt or spleen.
Atete, s. a rattling noise of things striking together.
--v.n. to rattle or tinkle; to chatter as the teeth through cold.
Atetetete, v.n. to tinkle or make noise repeatedly; to chatter with the teeth.
Ateuteu, v.n. to sprout, or spring up, as vegetables; see oteu, oteuteu.
Ateuteu, v.a. to affect the mind slightly by a report, threat, or relation.
Ati, s. the tamanu tree; see tamanu.
Ati, s. a faithful friend that will cleave to a man in distress.
Ati, s. a strait, trial, difficulty.
Ati, s. a haul of fishes.
Ati, v.a. [ngati,] to cleave or adhere to a person; to join.
Ati, v.a. [aki,] to bite with the teeth, to sting.
Ati, v.n. to be enclosed or entagled; see puni.
Ati, s. a name applied to the bird otaha when of one colour, ati, or otaha ati.
Ati, a patronymic prefix pointing out the name of the parent or ancestor with the descendants, as Ati Iuda, the descendants of (their father) Judah.
Atia, a. enough; see atira.
Atia, s. a fence; see patia.
--v.a. to put up a fence.
Atiara, v. anomalous, thought, supposed, or expected; see area.
Atiati, s. a species of grass bearing a troublesome bur; also a foreign plant brought to the island; see piripiri.
Atiatia, s. the name of a small black and spotted fish.
Atiau, s. a term used by fishermen when the au or current prevents their sweep.
Atiauru, s. a mode of fencing with spears in the exercise called turaau.
Atihuta, s. the name of a fierce fish, said to pierce and bite its prey, and then to give notice to the shark.
Atii, s. the name of a fresh water fish of the eel kind.
Atiie, s. the name of an eel full of bones.
Atiitii, v.a. to beat small scraps of cloth with the cloth mallet, as little girls do.
Atipa, s. the name of a fish.
Atipari, v.a. to return, hasten back.
Atipi, s. a piece of coral.
Atipi, a. flat and broad, applied to a sone.
Atipi, v.a. to skim a stone along the water.
--s. the person who throws the stone.
Atipuni, v.n. to be enclosed , or in a besieged state; see puni.
Atira, a.enough.
Atire, a. the same as atira and atia.
Atiretire, s. a remainder; the little that was left.
Atita, s. agitation.
--v.n. to be agitated by bad news, by fear, or anger.
Atitatita, v.n. to be repeatedly agitated.
Atiti, s. a flat stone thrown along the surface of the water; see atipi.
Atîtî, a. firm; well tied or secured.
Atiti, s. the broken stalks of the yam, which are traced in order to find the root in the ground.
Atiti, s. rudiments or elements of knowledge.
Atitia, adv. all around; for every one.
Atitipau, s. a person of general information.
Atiu, s. a young cocoa-nut just formed; the name of a play.
Atiuea, s. the name of a yellow running plant; see aea; a swoon or symcope, as in swooning there is sometimes a sensation of the eyer resembling the appearance of the atiuaea.
Ato, s. a thatcher, a plucker of leaves or flowers.
Ato, s. the art of thatching houses.
Ato, v.a. to thatch; to rip or pluck off; to pluck leaves or flowers; see pofai.
Ato, v.n. to be nodding through drowsiness.
Atoa, passive of the verb ato, and applied metaphorically, to be taken off by death, as aore roa to hoe i atoa, not on has been taken off by death.
Atoa, a. [katoa,] all, every one, every thing.
Atoa, adv. also, too likewise.
Atoa, s. a tempestuous wind.
Atoa, a. fearless, athletic.
Atoa, a. rocky; see toa.
Atoatoa, a. full of rocks.
Atoatoa, s. a tempestuous wind; andso wind in strong contrary currents.
Atoatoa, s. the name of a fish.
Atoatoa, s. the seed of certain trees such as the tamanu, and the gourd; the seed of fishes; testicles of animals.
Atoauru, v.a. to break off small twigs, or the ends of branches; fig. to have but a superficial knowledge of a thing or fact, and yet making much of it.
Atohatoha, s. a pleasing or satisfactory feeling of the mind.
--a. pleasing, agreeable.
Atohei, s. a gatherer of flowers for a garland.
--v.a. to pluck and gather flowers for a hei or garland.
Ato&icurc;, s. the state of fruit when nearly ripe.
Atore, s. the person who embowels an animal; the knife used for that purpose.
--v.a. to take out the entrils.
Atori, v.n. see mautori.
Atori, a. devoted for the use of the gods.
Atoritori, a. devoted repeatedly, as food, &c.
Atoro, s. a sweet scented herb, hence the expression, mai te atoro ra as the atoro, (in sweet odour.)
Atoroiore, s. the long pole that is laid between the upper ends of the rafters above the ridge pole, in a native house; called also atoro toro iore.
Atoroirai, s. a tree of hard wood, and bearing small berries.
Atoroirai, s. the name of an active god.
Atoroirai, v.n. to ascend towards the sky.
--a. strong and active.
Atororoiroi, a. smooth, fallen, as the sea.
Atoru, a. [akolu, atolu, ato'u,] three.
Atoti, s. a species of small black fish; it is of a strong smell when roasted; and is noted for destroying the shark; there are two sorts, the atoti poa, and the atoti puahi.
Atoto, s. a small gummy strub.
Atu, s. [aku,] the name of a fish, the same as the auhopu.
Atu, s. a species of the pandanus, the leaves of which are used for making hats and fine mats; see moea.
Atu, adv. or verbal directive and prep. from, beside, more; see tu, and adu.
Atua, [Akua, Okua,] God, the general name for a Diety; see Aitu.
Atuah&aicirc;, s. a god that was supposed to enter into a person by means of a curse, and in consequence, he was said to be atuahâra hia.
Atuaooa, s. the name of one of the gods.
Atuatu, s. state of a house well furnished, or a country well stocked.
Atuatu, s. a person that is active in getting things complete about him.
--a. neat, well furnished, in good order.
Atuhee, s. the name of a fish.
Atuhee, s. a handsome woman; a woman that is clever, ingenious.
Atuhee, s. a stranger or foreigner.
Atumotu, s. a land without a hill or a mountain.
Atupapariirii, s. the bottom of the great sea, the foundation of the earth.
Ature, s. [akule,] the young of the ofee fish.
Aturi, s. a running plant of a sour taste, like sorrel.
Atute, s. the name of a fish.
Aturu, s. a prop, a support; see paturu.
Atutoa, s. an incendiary; also a poasting heedless person.
Atutu, s. a stir, noise; commotion caused by reports of war, &c.
Atutututu, v.n. to be repeatedly agitated by reports of war, or by the near approach of visitors of quality.
Au, pron. [aku, ku, Malay aku and ku,] I, the first person singular; see vau.
Au, s. a current, or stream; smoke, vapour.
Au, s. a needle; the gall of animals.
Au, s. a dangerous fish with a long snout, like the sword fish.
Au, s. a stone put in the marae to avert some evil that was feared; also rubbish.
Au, s. a stone sent to the chiefs to require a human sacrifice.
Au, s. the name of a mountain tree of sweet odour.
Au, s. the hottest part of a battle.
Au, s. a sort of sea snail.
Au, v.n. [kau, kaukau,] to swim in the water; to move.
Au, v.n. to rise as a star.
Au, v.n. to be melting with fear; see puaa au.
Au, v.a. to fit, to agree.
Au, v.a. to sew with a needle.
Au, v.a. to pursue; see auau.
Au, v.a. to scrape together or heap up rubbish.
Au, a prefix to several nouns, as au taeae, au tahua, au fenua, &c.
Au, poss. pron. my, mine.
A'u, poss. pron.] a contraction of a au; see ta'u or taau; my, or mine.
Au, a. meet, fit, agreeable, suitable.
--s. fitness, suitability, agreement.
Aua, s. a cup, dish, plate; see aipu.
Aua, s. a fence or enclosure; a field.
--v.a. to put up a fence, to enclose a place; see patia or pa.
Aua, s. the name of a tree; see autaraa.
Aua, s. the name of a fresh water fish.
Aua, s. chips from a sacred canoe, or of a too representing a god.
Aua, a. ceased to bear offspring.
--s. a woman or an animal that has ceased to bear offspring; see tiipa.
Aua, s. an unsightly place of rubbish.
Auaa, adv. and conj. [auraa, auraha,] not; do not, imperatively; see eiaha; unless, but for that; save that.
Auae, s. the inner part of the lower jaw.
Auaerea, s. a vain prodigal; one that depreciates the goodness of another; one that pretends ignorance of what is well known to him.
--a. impertinent, shameless, proud.
Auafâ, a bursted gall;--fig. a daring fellow that is void of fear.
Auafâ ore, s. a person of a bashful timid disposition.
Auaha, s. a fishing term for a large haul of fishes.
Auahi, s. [ahi, afi, a'i, Malay api,] fire.
Auahi, s. a shepherd, a feeder of hogs or other animals.
Auahi ta raufau, s. food cooked for the goddess Toimata, baked early inthe morning, and put on the fata or altear.
Auaho, s. a mode of fishing with a hook and long line; the person who so fishes.
--v.a. to fish with a hook and long line.
Auaho, s. a person not affected with shame, or who is not bashful in public.
Auahori, s. a wandering fish; see aua and hori;--fig. an unsettled person.
Auai, s. a piece of soft wood on which the point of another piece called aurima is rubbed, to procure fire by friction.
Auanei, adv. to day, (to come;) also presently, hortly, by and by.
Auariiroa, s. one of the trees said by tradition to be destined to hold up the sky; the leaves resemble those of of the oak; see autaraa.
Auataetae, s. a person that wastes away and appears of a yellow complexion; the name is borrowed from the fish aua, which is sometimes affected by the heat of the sun of the fresh water, so that it becomes yellow and dies; see aua.
Auatamino, s. an unsettled wandering person; the name is from the habit of the fish aua.
Auataroto, s. aua of the lake; applied to a person that settles in some evil habit.
Auati, s. a piece of wood used for friction; see auai.
Auatitai, s. a piece of wood that has been wetted or soaked in salt water, consequently no fire can be procured from it by friction;--fig. a person that can bear much without being angry, or having his passions stirred.
Auau, s. the gall of the fish au.
Auau, s. a person that pursues a man or beast; see aruaru.
--v.a. to hunt or pursue.
Auau, v.n. to chew food.
Auau, v.n. to gnash the teeth; to stammer in speaking.
Auaua, adv. slovenly done, applied to the work of women in cloth making.
Auau mahana, adv. speedily, hastily.
Auauavae, s. a follower of the foot; one that is obsequious as an attendant or servant; also what a person may obtain as the effect of a journey, or meeting with, or following a chief.
Auaveru, s. the name of a fish.
Aue, interj. [auwe,] of grief, alas! oh! sometimes as exclamation of wonder or surprise.
Aue, s. noise, tumult.
--v.n. to clamour, make a noise.
Auea, s. a healer of those possessed by a tii; the name of a prayer by the apa.
Aueha, s. one of the instruments with which a net is made.
Aueha, s. the spaces between the meshes of a net; also a name given to an old man.
Auete, s. the name of a certain feast, when the men used to eat together some sacred food.
Aueue, v.n. to shake; to be agitated.
--s. agitation of mind; disturbance.
Aueue, a. moveable.
Aufarere, v.n. to swim unskilfully, not having learned.
Aufarere, a. friendless, cast away.
Aufata, v.a. to lay the hand or arm across the brow; to lay fire-wood cross wise.
Aufa, s. the name of the larger totara or hedge-hog fish.
Aufau, s. [auhau,] a tribute or tax; contribution.
--v.a. to pay a tax or tribute; to contribute property for any purpose.
Aufau, s. the handle or helve of a tool.
--v.a. to helve or put a handle to a tool.
Autau fetii, s. the genealogy of a family. aufau atua, the genealogy of the gods.
--v.a. to search or trace the genealogies of a family, and its various relations.
Aufenua, s. the permanent residents fo a place.
Auha, s. rubbish washed down by torrents from the vallies and mountains.
Auhâ, s. an aged person.
Auhâ, s. thirt.
--a. thirsty, overcome with heat.
Auhaa, s. a part of the apparatus of a conjuror.
Auhaa, s. the female genitals.
Auhaha, s. the piece of wood held in the left hand to form the meshes of a net.
Auhoe, s. inspired attendants on a god or on a chief, who row the canoe of that god or chief.
Auhopu, s. a modern name of the atu fish; see atu.
Auhune, s. harvest, or season of plenty.
Auhuu, s. abundant, plenteous, as food, &c.
Aui, s. fish, fowl, or pig presented by the people with bread-fruit, taro, or other food.
Aui, s. a swelling, or an abscess in the groin.
Aui, a. left, in opposition to right, as rima aui, left hand; see maui and atau.
Auira, s. a long line of fires kindled along the beach, at night. to make a show.
Auiru, s. a mode of placing fuel or fire-wood; see fatui.
Auiui, adv. anciently, mai tahito auiui mai â, of old, anciently, or from of old time even to this.
Aumaha, s. sultriness; see auha.
--a. sultry, close, warm.
Aumai, s. abiding grief; longing; earnest desire.
--v.n. to be grieving, longing, desiring earnestly; also to deny one's self for the service of another.
Aumaire, a. deeply indented, as the leaves of the bread fruit called maire, pia, umara. &c.
Aumama, v.a. to chew food for a child.
Aumâmâ, a. light footed; nimble.
--adv. sprightly.
Aumanava, s. the hair of the bosom; friend; called also roto manava.
Aumaote, s. one who enters into another's labour, and gets the applause of the work, though another had done it.
Aumaoti, s. a stirrer up of contention.
Aumata, s. a reciprocal look; a thing that is agreeable to the eye; from au and mata.
Aumata, v.n. to be looking with joy on an object.
Aumauiui, s. sympathy with another's grief.
Aumea, s. the gills of fishes; see raumea.
Aumihi, s. grief, pity, compassion; see mihi.
Aumii, s. a strong or eager desire after things.
--v.n. to be eager after many or different things.
Aumiimii, v.n. to desire repeatedly the possession of the things sought after.
Aumiti, s. smacking with the mouth as a sign of pleasure on account of things seen or heard.
--v.n. to be smacking with the lips; to be pleased in hearing or seeing.
Aumoa, s. a low fence enclosing a court in front of the native houses.
Aumoana, s. a stick held in a defensive position in the excercise called tiaaau.
Aumoana, s. a fishing term.
Aumoana, s. a good swimmer.
Aumunamuna, s. a whisper.
--v.n. to whisper.
Auna, v.n. to think or muse as a person that cannot sleep.
Auna, v.n. to hope for, or expect something desirable.
Aunauna, v.n. to be repeatedly thinking or musing; to be alarmed.
Aunauna, s. alarm.
Aunati, v.a. a term used imperatively, as, be brisk, seize him; also anati.
Aunati, s. a piece of wood used for friction.
Aunee, v.n. to bend oneself and creep to avoid being seen.
Aununu, s. the sixth of the Tahitian lunar months.
Aunuu, adv. gently, leisurely in working.
Auô s. a careless mode of calling upon a person.
--v.a. to call; see tuoro.
Auoaro, v.n. to swim with the face downward.
Auono, s. a large fleet; or a company of travellers.
Auotua, v.n. to swim on the back.
Aupâ, s. the name of a tree of hard wood.
Aupaa, s. the old or under leaves of a plant.
Aupâpâ, s. the flatness of the roof of a house, or of a tree that grows flat.
--a flat as the roof of a house; flat and broad as the top of a tree.
Aupapa, s. a small fish.
Aupape, s. a square bed of taro; a division in a taro ground.
Aupape, s. the plantain stalks used in a native oven to prevent food from burning.
Aupape, s. a figurative expression to signify a person that smoothes over a thing, or softens it to prevent irritation.
Aupara, s. unripe fruit that falls from a tree; see aaiore.
Aupari, v.a. to hew off the rough part of a piece of timber.
Aupari, v.a. to reach out the hand and grasp at a thing for safety.
Aupari, v.n. to grope as a blind man; to be vexed at a disappointment.
Aupari, v.a. to accuse a person falsely.
Auparipari, plural of aupari.
Auperu, s. a piece of cloth folded up; the chief part of a mess of food; see inai.
Auperu, v.a. to fold up cloth; to tie up or fold food in leaves to be baked in the native oven; see vehí.
Aupiipii, s. a line or succession, as of canoes in a fleet.
Aupiipii, v.n. to follow in a train.
Aupiipii, s. a sailing term, signifying to sail by the wind.
Aupori, v.a. to make much of a person or of property.
Auporipori, v.a. to make much of a thing or person, with a pepetition of the action.
Aupupu, v.n. to be in succession as the stars in rising; to assemble together in one body for defence, or mutual protection.
Aupuru, v.a. to treat with kindness and love; to feed or nourish.
Aura, v.a. to chop in a rough manner; to break off the branches of a tree or plant in a rough way.
--a. roughly chopped or broken off.
Auraa, s. fitness, agreement; also the meaning or signification of a word or thing.
Auraa, adv. [auraka], not, do not; see auaa.
Aurai, s. a bed of taro; see aupape.
Aurai, s. a mode of fishing.
Aurara, v.n. to be idle and moving about; see ori.
Aurara, a. avaricious.
Auraro, v.n. to yield, to be subject to another; to regard the interests and commands of another.
Auraro, a. yielding, submissive.
Auraro, s. subjection, submission.
Aurau, a. unstable, fluctuating.
Auraura, s. a small leaping fly found by the sea shore.
Auraura, s. the small fibrous roots of plants and trees.
Aure, s. a tenon that fits in a mortise; a cut or notch at the end of a stick, to keep a thing from slipping off.
Aurearea, s. a strong athletic person; see taurearea.
Aureure, a. spiral as an augur; involved in a curve as a rope.
Aureva, v.a. to impose upon a person under the appearance of friendship.
Auri, s. young saplings of the uru, ahia, mape, and vi, trees.
Auri, s. iron of all sorts.
Aurirerire, s. bosom friends.
Auriirii, s. the state of being deeply laden; see tomo.
Auriri, s. a disturbed state of mind produced by anger.
Auro, s. [Latin, aurum; ancient Britsh, aur;] gold.
Auroro, s. a small fish of the orie kind.
Auru, s. the top ends of small twigs or branches; the end, extremity, or point of a thing.
Auru, s. the first setting in of the wind from any quarter; a slight, indistinct knowledge; what is merely superficial.
--a. slight, superficial.
Aurua, s. native thatch twice stitched; see au and rua.
Aurupae, s. fugitives, or some of the enemy wrecked and driven on the reef in bad weather.
Aururu, v.n. to assemble; see tairuru.
Aururua, s. double buds, or points; also autupiti.
Autâ s. a sigh or groan.
Autâ v.n. to sign or gran through pain or grief.
Auta, s. the act of cutting the body of an enemy; a needle used in thatching.
Auta, s. the operation of supercission, not circumcision, as it has been wrongly called; see teke.
Autaa, a. temporary, as fare autaa, a temporary shed or hut put up on a journey for a night.
Autuhu, s. small chips or pieces of wood to kindle fire with; fig.--the beginnings of strife.
Autahua, s. the company of priests.
Autai, v.n. to pass along in a canoe or a boat without landing.
Autai, s. a current caused by a great sea.
Autao, s. any thing on the point of which a cocoanut is grated.
Autao, s. a preparation of food for the king.
Autara, v.a. to sharpen the edge of a bamboo splinter for cutting with.
Autaraa, s. a species of spotted conch shell; see bu.
Autaraa, s. the name of a tree, the leaves are like those of the common oak, and the seed a sort of acorn; see auariiroa.
Autaraaivavao, s. an expression used in some of the old prayers; see upu.
Autari, s. a follower of another; see utari.
Autari, v.n. to be anxious to return to one's own country.
Autaripo, v.n. to wirl, or turn round rapidly.
Autariri, s. a person that forsakes his house through displeasure.
--v.n. to leave home in displeasure.
Autaritari, v.a & v.n. to follow another repeatedly anxious to return to one's country.
Autataino, s. a violent current that draws a canoe under water; see arutataino.
Aute, s. [ute,] the cloth plant, of which the best of the native garments are made. It is the Chinese mlberry, [morus papyrifera.]
Aute, s. the name of a small tree or shrub bearing scarlet flowers, but destitute of scent.
Autepohoa, s. an inferior sort of aute; fig.--a person of an indifferent character.
Autea, s. a species of the cavally fish.
Auti, s. the leaves of the ti plant; see rau.
Autia, s. a species of breadfruit.
Autia, a. spoken of a kite, when it flies well.
Autina, v.a. to fasten or sew, applied to a canoe; to tie with winnet; see tautina.
Autina, v.a. to press to diligence; to keep a person to his task.
Autoi, s. the name of a certain feast, and of the ceremonies of canoe builders.
Autia, v.n. to swim on the back, as auotua.
Autua, s. the act of sculling a canoe with the steer paddle.
Autui, s. fish sacrificed to the gods.
Auvaa, s. a fleet of canoes going together.
Auvaa, s. the young brood of the fish fai or stingray.
Auvaa, s. the wreck of a canoe or boat.
Auvaha, s. the mouth of a vessel.
Auvaha, s. the person who speaks for the king or chief.
Auvaha reo, s. an orator, or one that can speak well on any matter.
Auveo, s. a species of snail of a disagreeable smell.
Auvete, s. the name of a certain mode of fishing; see tautai.
Auveuveu, s. the name of a large flat fish.
Auviri, a. crooked or turned, applied to the foot.
Ava, s. [kava,] the name of a plant common in most of the South Sea Island, of which an intoxicating liquor is made.
Ava, s. [kava, awa,] the juice, or liquor made of the ava plant; also all kinds of spirituous and intoxicating liquors.
Ava, s. [awa,] the fish called white salmon.
Ava, s. [awa,] an entrance into a harbour; an opening that will admit of ships and other vessels to approach the shore.
Avaa, s. the space between the two sides of a marae.
Avaava, s. a small opening in the coral reef.
Avaava, s. the tobacco plant, and what is made of it, formerly called tiare ura and pata.
Avaava, a. sour, acrid, bitter; also saltish.
Avaavaa, s. when applied to the ear, signifies eagerness to hear a report, or a wish to hear more.
Avaavaa, s. the roughness of the water when agitated by the wind.
--a. rough, as the water through the agitation of the wind.
Avaavairai, s. a wilk species of the ava plant, very acrid, and not used.
Avae, s. the moon, also a lunar month.
Avae, s. [wawae, vaevae,] the foot or leg.
Avae, s. a part of a ship, boat, or canoe, just above the keel.
Avae, s. a species of the sugar cane; see to.
Avaefafao, s. the right foot put in the posture of defence in the srestling matches of Tahiti.
Avaefaurua, s. the feet regularly placed as those of soldiers in macrhing.
Avaehiihii, v.n. to press on, or go forward; to walk well, and frequent.
Avaemaoro, v.n. to stride along, but cautiously.
Avaeparai, s. a distinction of tatau among the arioi fraternity. The avaeparai was the highest class, having all the marks completed.
Avaereia, a. speedy, with long strides; from reia, a bird with long legs.
Avaereva, s. a person of the move, or about going.
Avaeriirii, v.a. to go repeatedly with some vile design.
Avaerupe, v.a. to go repeatedly with some vile design.
Avaerupe, s. a certain knot put on a rope, like that of a line tied to the foot of the bird rupe.
Avaetahi, s. the name of species of banana.
Avaetere, s. a forward foot, an imprudent step.
Avaetutuee, s. a stranger from another country, who is not interested in the welfare of the place of his residence.
Avaevae, s. the name of a game or play.
Avaevae, a. light, clear, white.
Avaha, s. the name of a certain voracious eel.
Avahapiti, s. a spear with two prongs.
Avai, s. the name of a large timber tree; see apape.
Avao, s. the name of a small tree or shrub, said to bear poisonous berries.
Avao, s. the name of a fresh water fish, a species of oopu.
Avapuhi, s. [awapuhi,] the name of an odoriferous plant, used for giving a pleasant scent to a native cloth called puhi ava.
Avari, v.n. to be in a convalescent state as a sick person.
Avari, v.n. to be revoked, or abolished, as the restriction called rahui.
Avarivari, v.n. to be a little recovered from sickness, yet not well.
Avarivari, v.n. to swag as a thin plank.
--a. swagging as a thin piece of timber.
Avaro, s. the name of a tree of hard wood.
Avaro, s. the name of a god.
Avaro, s. a calabash, a cocoa-nut water bottle.
Avaro, s. the name of a cutaneous disease in which the skin is spotted.
Avaru, a. [awalu, avalu, awaru] eight.
Avatamanu, s. the ava plant in a withering or dying state.
Avatamanu, v.n. to bend down as a plant in a dying state; to bow down as a person weak through sickness.
Avatea, [awakea, oatea,] midday, noon.
Avatua, s. sea sickness.
Avatufâ, s. calm hot weather, which is deadly to fish about the coral reefs.
--v.n. to be killed as fish by low water and hot weather.
Avaturatura, s. the name of an useful medicinal plant.
Avau, s. scolding, reproof, clamour; also the person that scolds or reproves.
--v.a. to scold, reprove; use ill language.
--a. scolding clamourous.
Ava'u, a. a contraction of avaru, eight.
Avauvau, v.a. to scold or reprove repeatedly; also auaua and araaravau.
Avauvau, s. the name of a small fish, a species of the pahua shell fish.
Ave, s. the strand of a rope, string of a sling.
Ave, s. the train or tail of a comet, or of a shooting star or meteor.
Aveaau, s. an offering taken to the marae by new comers on their first arrival.
Aveave, s. the long feelers of the fee or cuttle fish; a tassel or ornament appended to a bow; the tail or train of a gown.
Aveavefetii, s. the several branches of a family.
Aveaverau, s. a speech that has many bearings.
Avei, s. a cutaneous disease.
Avei, s. the name of a fierce fresh water eel.
Avei, s. the name of a species of bread fruit with a rough skin.
Ave, s. a division or section, formerly applied to the prayers used in the marae, some of which had eight or ten sections.
Avei, s. a fathom; see rea and etaeta.
Avei, a. well formed, strong.
Aveia, s. a mark to steer by when at sea, the sun by day, and moon and stars by night; a mariner's compass.
Aveia, s. an example, directory, or guide to go by.
Aveitaaiore, s. the long feelers of the cuttle fish, by means of which, it is said, it sometimes entangles and catches a mouse or a rat.
Aveivei, a. strong, and well formed.
Avera, s. a season of the year when there is a small crop of bread-fruit.
Avera, v.n. to be burnt or scorched by the sun or fire, as in the dry season.
--a. burnt up, scorched or dried up.
Averavera, v.n. to be scorched repeatedly, or in many places.
Avere, s. the gums; the inside covering of the eye; the black edge of an oyster.
Avere, v.a. to caulk a vessel.
Averevere, a. empty, applied to the bowels.
Avero, s. the name of a sort of fish-hook.
Averua, s. two lines or ropes put together; two lines or trains of canoes.
Avetoru, s. three strands of a rope.
--a. three stranded, as a rope.
Aveu, s. a species of large water crab; see upai.
Avî the grating noise of any thing; a thing that shrinks, or slips off when laid hold on.
Avî a creaking.
Avî, v.a. to grind the teeth; to show the teeth as one dog to another; see feu.
Aviava, s. the small branches or stalks of ava.
Aviavi, a. slim, slender; also ill shaped as a piece of timber; ill grown.
Aviavia, a. withered, unripe.
Avii, s. the beginning or first part.
Avii, v.a. to gnash with the teeth.
Avini, s. a species of the ava plant.
Aviri, s. a number of birds tied together, and called aviri manu.
Aviri, v.a. to twist cocoa-nut leaves to serve as a fishing net; see raoere..
Aviri, v.n. to join together in a company.
Aviri, v.n. to abound in fruit as certain trees, such as the vi and bread-fruit.
Aviri, a. fruitful as certain trees.
Aviti, s. a fish-hook made of the pearl oyster-shell.
Avititaapiha, s. a pearl oyster fish-hook that is worn and laid aside.
Avivaviva, v.n. to make a noise with the mouth in eating.
Avivi, a. food not sufficiently cooked.
Aviu, s. the sound of a stick cutting the air; a whispering noise.
Aviuviu, v.n. to make an indistinct noise, and that repeatedly.
D
THE D is a letter often pronounced by the TAhitians, they confound it with the t, and cannot distinguish the sound of the one from that of the other, as is also the case in regard to the b and p, and in some of the islands the case is exactly the same as to the hard g and the k. No word perhaps, purely Tahitian begins with d uniformly, yet on account of foreign words such as the following, it is proper to retain it.
Dara, s. [dala, dollar,] a Spanish dollar. The divisions of the dollar are as follows:--afa dara, that is 50 cents or two quarters; tuata dara, 25 cents; rea, a real, or the eighth of a dollar.
Dekato, s. [Greek, dekatos,] tythe, or the tenth.
Demoni, s. [Gr. daimon,] a demon. The notion the natives had of their tii [tigi] seems to correspond in several particulars to that of the ancients about their demons.
Denari, s. [Latin, denarius,] the Roman penny.
Diabolo, s. [Gr. diabolos,] the devil.
Diakono, s. [Gr. diakonos,] a deacon.
Diluvi, s. [Lat. deluvium,] the delude, applied to Noah's flood.
E
THE E is a letter that frequently occurs in Tahitian; it has one uniform vowel sound, viz. that of the English e in the words met, men, den, &c., which is never changed, but it is sometimes lengthened, and marked thus ê with a circumflex.
E, the indefinite article, as a or an, e taata, a man, e fare, a house, e raau, a tree.
E, a prefix to adverbs and adjectives when future, the a being the sign of the past, as aore, past, e ore, future; a toru, past, e toru, future.
E, a sign of the vocative case, being generally placed both before and after the noun, as E Meha e, O Meha, E te Atua e, O God; but though this is usual in the familiar style, yet in the solemn language of prayer, when addressing the true God, the last e should be omitted, or promounced very short.
E, a. different, as mea e a different thing; taata e a different man, or a stranger; huru e a different, or a strange likeness.
E, a. far, or distant, as tei uta e, far in the interior; tei nia e, far above, or very high; tei raro e, far below, or very low.
E, adv. away, away from, haere e, go away.
E, v. auxiliary, answering generally to the English auxiliaries would, could, should, ought, may, can, will, and shall. The e seems always future; though not always with a reference to present time, yet in reference to a time understood in the sentence.
E, prep. by, as hamani hia e ana, done by him; parau hia e au, spoken by me.
E. after a verb signifying before, or long before, something mentioned, or understood; as ua parau e hia na taua parau ra, that word was spoken long before.
E, v.n. to swell, or tumify; ua e ïa it is swollen.
E, v.n. to be incommoded by wet, as a house or a room when water comes in, or rises from beneath.
E, adv. yea, yes, of assent, consent, or of affirmation.
E, conj. and, as fenua e te tai, the land and the sea; rui e te ao, day and night; also a disjunction as teie e tera, this or that.
Ea, s. a road or pathway, a ladder; see ara.
Ea, s. salvation, health, liberty, escape; also a saviour or deliverer; see faaea.
Ea, v.n. to be in health, to be enjoying health or liberty; to be restored to health or leberty.
Ea, a. healed, saved, escaped, delivered.
Ea, s. a disease of the mouth, aphtha or thrush.
Ea, interj. of surprise or wonder, ea!
Eaea, s. a crust or scab on the wound of a fighting cock.
Eaea, v.n. to escape, and that repeatedly.
Eaea, v.n. to be short breathed as one that had over loaded his stomach.
Eaha, adv. [eaa,] how? why? used interrogatively, as eaha e ora'i? how can (he) be saved? eaha e ore ai? why not?
Eaha, pron. what? eaha ï? what is that? or what is it? eaha atu? what more, or beside? eaha iho a? what else?
Eaha, interj what! eaha! aore taa raa! what! is there no remedy! all hopeless!
Eahi'u, s. a priest belonging to the marae; a leader in the dance.
Eahitu, s. a woman supposed to go with child beyond the usual period.
Eara, v.a. to watch, to be vigilant; also a word of caution, beware, take good heed.
Eatia, s. a road or path; see ea>
Eatipi, s. a by-path.
Eatu, s. the old word for a road; see eatia.
Ee, a. strange, as tuaata ee, strangers; the two e's mark the plurality.
Ee, s. a saw.
Ee, s. the axilla; also the second in a combat.
Ee, v.a. to draw the fara leaves to and fro, against a post, to prepare them for thatching; and from this action came the ee for a saw, and also as a v.a. for sawing.
Ee, v.a. to clap the hands by way of amusement.
Ee, v.n. to mount a horse; to get on board a canoe, boat, or ship; to ground, as a ship on a shallow place.
--a. grounded, as a ship pahi ee, grounded ship.
Ee, adv. or v. aux as in ee oia, it was it, ee aita it was not.
Eeao, s. a passenger who forces himself into a company proceeding by a water or land conveyance, not on foot.
Eena, s. a kind of native food, a sort of pudding.
Eene, adv. of enquiry or negation, as e ene? is it not? e enee it is not; see e ere.
E ere, adv. of enquiry or negation; see e ene.
Eeri, interj. an exclamation made in the diversion of swimming in the surf, on meeting with a large hollow wave.
Eero, v.n. to ascend, as the moon after it has arisen; see paata.
Eetuouta, s. one intending to be a passenger; see eeao.
Eeva, v.n. to ascend, as the moon and stars; see eero.
Eha, s. the barbs, feelers, or antennæ that are attached to the heads of some fishes.
Ehaeha, a. ill savoured, as food kept too long.
Ehia, adv. how many? what number? ehia when speaking of things, but of persons toohia; in the past the a is prefixed as ahia? ehia is the future.
Ehoa, s. a friend, companion, partner; see taio; it is also used as a common term of address to either male or female.
E hoa ino, s. is a familiar term of address from one friend to another, but does not seem suitable in solemn discourse.
Eho'ma, s. pl. friends; a contraction of ehoa ma, viz. ehoa, friend, and ma, the party with him; a respectful term of address, as Sirs.
Ehu, a. red, or of sandy olour, as the hair; discoloured, as water by reddish earth; muddy, as disturbed water.
Ehu, v.n. to be devastated as in time of war.
Ehu, a. devastated, as fenua ehu, devastated country.
--s. devastation.
Ehuehu, v.n. to be transiently agitated either with fear or pleasure.
Ehuehu, s. a transient agitation.
Ei, prep. for, ei parau raa, for a conversation; ei rapaau mai, for or to be a medicine; ei ora, to be for health or salvation; ei hara, to be a crime, or for a crime.
Ei, v.n. let it be, as a wish or command, ei mea rahi, let it be a large thing.
Ei, adv. as ei reira, then or there, at that time or place mentioned or understood; ei hea? where? at what place? ei roto, within, ei rapae, without, ei nia, above.
Eiâ, s. a theft, a thief.
--v.a. to steal.
Eiaha, v. anomalous, do not, desist, used imperatively; see auaa.
Eiaha, adv. no, not so, eiaha roa, not at all, by no means.
Eiatea, s. the largest of the paaihere fish; a war term.
Eie, pron. this; see teie
Eieie, v.n. to be in a state of consternation from the news of war or the coming of stangers.
Eieiere, s. a mode of fishing.
Eieiere, s. apprehension or agitation on account of expected evil.
--v.n. to be in agitation.
Eie nei, pron. this or there; see teie nei.
Eima, adv. no, not, will not, shall not, (future); see aima.
Eimo, s. the young spawn of the fish paauara.
Eina, s. a sort of pudding.
Einaa, s. the female attendants of the queen or chief woman, principally young girls.
Einaa, s. the small fry of the fresh water fish called oopu; at the proper season of the year they are caught by baskets full at the mouths of the rivers.
Einamoa, s. mildew, mouldiness of cloth, &c.
--a. mouldy, mildewed.
Eipa, adv. no, not, (future;) see aima.
Eipo, s. a darling child; a favorite article of property; see maimoa.
Eipa, s. a cup or dish; see aipu, aua.
Eira, s. a mole or natural spot on the skin.
Eita, adv. no, not, will not, (future); see aita.
Eitao, s. equality.
--a. equal; see faito.
Eitoa, s. the bruised or injured part of a fruit or an animal.
--a. bruised, injured as fruit, &c.
Ekalesia, s. [Greek,] a church or congregation of God's people.
Enaena, adv. quickly, expeditiously.
Ene, v.a. to splice, mend, or repair a net, mat, or a rope.
Ene, s. a mender of ropes or nets.
Ene, v.n. to approach near or too near.
Eneene, s. th rolls of fat on the neck of a fat person; the parts that hang down under the neck of a beast.
Eneene, a.strong, urgent, pressing; hinaaro eneene, a pressing or urgent desire.
Enemi, s. [Eng.] enemy.
Eore, adv. no, not, will not, shall not, (future.)
Epa, s. a small enclosure sacred to the infant king; also an enclosure for the use of dancers.
Episekopo, s. [G. Episkopos,] an overseer or bishop.
Episetole, s. [Gr. Epistole,] an epistle or letter.
Epiti, s. a couple.
--a. two in counting.
Era, pron. that; see tera.
Ere, v.n. [ngere, nele,] to be disappointed; not obtaining something sought, desired, or expected.
Ere, s. the person that is disappointed.
Ereavae, s. a sort of wicker work basket used for catching small fish.
Ereere, a. [eleele,] black; also dark or blue.
Ereerefenua, s. according to Tahitian tradition, the spirits of the dead that used to appear in old time before the commencement of a destructive war.
Ereere tape moana, a. dark, as the colour of the sea where the deep water commences.
Erehuru, s. the state of being encumbered.
--a. encumbered.
Erepuahoe, s. the mass of the people, populace.
Erepuru, s. a company going compactly together on the road.
Erepuru, v.a. to take care of those that remain at the conclusion of a battle, by taking them to a place of safety, &c.
Erevae, s. the name of a basket; see ereavae.
Eri, v.a. to undermine.
--s. underminer.
Eritamai, s. a war term, tignifying that the people of a country are ruining themselves.
Ero, s. a kind of sauce; see taiero.
Ero, s. a word used in calling pigs, ero, ero.
Erohi, v. imp. a word of excitedment, as be vigilant, be active, be watchful.
Eru, v.a. to scoop or scrape up the earth; to scratch, as a fowl; see heru.
Etaeta, a. hard, strong, firm; also obstinate.
Etahi, a. one in counting; see atahi and tahi.
Etahi, an article, used in the same way as the French article of unity, un or une; see hoe and tehoe.
Ete, s. [kete,] the name of a small basket; also a small bag or pocket.
--v.n. to flinch.
Eteete, v.n. to be shocked, disgusted, shamed.
Etene, s. [Greek, Ethnikos,] a heathen.
Eterauaha, s. a sort of net basket, formerly employed to hold the too or image of a god--fig. a clever, well informed man.
Etu, v.a. [eku,] to root, as a pig.
Etu, s. a roote, or the thing that turns up the earth.
--a. rooting, e mea etu, a rooting thing.
Etuautu, s. an intruding passenger in a canoe, boat, or a ship.
Eu, s. a batch of any kind of baked food.
Eu, v.a. to bake any kind of food.
Eu, a. baked, dressed or done in an oven.
Euai, v.n. to flinch; give way in battle.
Eue, interj. a call or exclamation of the arioi.
Euea, s. the young leaves of the pandanus or fara, used for making mats.
Euea, s. a batch of food for the use of visitors.
Euea, a. strong, powerful by muscular strength.
Eueu, v.a. to bake food repeatedy, and generally in smal quantities.
Eueu, v.n. to move, or stir, as an infant under its sleeping cloth.
Euhari, s. [Gr. Eucharistia,] the ordinance of the Lord's Supper, or holy communion.
Euhe, s. [Gr. Euche,] a vow.
Eumaa, s. a baker, cook, or dresser of food.
Eunuha, s. [Gr. Eunouchas,] an eunuch.
Evanelia, s. [Gr. Euangelion,] the Gospel, or good tidings.
Eve, s. the secundines of a beast.
Evehoe, s. twins; see maehaa.
Eveeve, s. raggedness.
--a. torn, ragged.
F
THE letter F frequently occurs in Tahitian, it is discarded in some of the Polynesian dialects, and the h is substituted; others discard the h altogether, but in Tahitian both are used, and in some instances are mutually interchanged, as in the causative prefix faa and haa.
Fa, s. a butt or mark at which a shot is aimed, or to which a spear is thrown.
Fa, s. the stalk of some large leaves such as taro, plantain, and also the cocoanut.
Fa, s. a perpendicular branching cloud viewed as an omen. fig. the butt of ill will, or a person that is an object of hatred; also the ground of contention in war.
Fa, v.n. to appear, come in sight.
Fa, interj. a word used in calling hogs.
Faa, s. a valley; a low place among the hills.
Faa, a causative prefix, common to most, if not all the Polynesian dialects; in the Tahitian it is faa or haa, and in some instances ta; but in other dialects faka, haka, aku, and hoo. It is prefixed to nouns, adjectives, and verbs nueter, by means of which they are turned into verbs neuter, by means of which they are turned into verbs active.
Faaaa, v.a. to teaze or provoke to anger.
Faaaa, v.a. to kindle fire, to make it burn well; to cause food to be well cooked.
Faaaano, v.a. to make broad, to cause extension.
Faaau, s. a person that commits suicide.
Faaaau, v.n. to commit suicide; to endanger life voluntarily.
Faaae, v.a. to assist a person to climb.
Faaaea, v.a. to make a curve.
Faaaeae, v.n. to be in the act of dying.
Faaaereere, v.a. to shake, to agitate.
Faaahaaha, v.n. to boast, brag; make an ostentatious display.
Faaahehe, v.a. to make a rustling noise.
Faaahoa, v.a. to present the first fruit of a garden or field to the king or principal chief.
--s. the thing so presented.
Faaahoahoa, v.a. to trouble.
--a. annoying, causing trouble.
Faaahu, v.a. to clothe, put on clothes.
Faaahua, v.a. to make and to place a piece of wood called ahua, which see.
Faaai, v.a. to feed, nurse; see ai.
Faaai, v.a. to cause animals to copulate.
Faaai, v.a. to parry, or fend off a thrust or a blow.
Faaai, s. a fosterer, a nurse, a feeder.
Faaai, s. an ornament put in the ear; see poe.
Faaai, a. foster, feeding, as metua faaai, a nursing father.
Faaaiai, v.n. to spare one's self.
Faaaiere, v.n. to be forward in proposing an undertaking, and backward in performing or joining to effect it.
Faaami, v.a. to make a person wink or start.
Faaamiami, v.a. to make a person wink or start repeatedly; to cause one person to dread another.
Faaamo, v.a. to make to flinch.
Faaamoamo, v.a. to make a person wink or flinch repeatedly.
Faaamu, v.a. to feed, supply with food.
Faaamuamu, v.a. to supply with little food; to feed repeatedly.
Faaanaana, v.a. to brighten, make shine; see anaana.
Faaaneane, v.a. to garnish; to clear; see aneane.
Faaani, v.a. to give or bestow freely on any one who asks.
Faaani, s. the act of giving, or squandering away in a thoughtless manner.
Faaano, v.a. to make desolate; see ano.
--s. that which makes desolate.
Faaanoano, v.n. to sit apart, to be apart, self exalted.
Faaa'o, s. an advocate or councillor.
--v.a. to counsel, to give advice or warning; see a'o.
Faaao, v.n. to be looking out with expectation.
Faaapi, v.a. to close, to shut up; see api.
Faaapiapi, v.a. to fill up, to encumber, as by crowding a place.
Faaapo, v.a. to make concave or hollow out.
Faaapo, v.n. to draw in the stomach.
Faaapu, s. a gardener, cultivator of the ground, a husbandman.
Faaapu, v.a. to cultivate the ground.
--a. belonging to husbandry.
Faaara, v.a. to awake, to arouse from sleep.
Faaara, v.a. to put a person on his guard, by warning or apprizing him of something.
Faaaraa, v.a. to lighten a canoe or vessel on the water that is over loaded.
Faaaraara, v.a. to arouse repeatedly from sleep, forgetfulness, or carelessness.
Faaaraara, v.a. to commence or make a beginning of any thing; see araara.
Faaaratai, s. a guide, conductor; see aratai
--v.a. to guide or conduct.
Faaareare, v.a. to brighten.
Faaareare, v.a. to cause qualmishness.
Faaarere, v.a. to procure or cause an arere or messenger to be sent.
Faaariari, v.a. to make a display of one's property; to give the first present of food to the king, or to a new married couple.
Faaarii, v.a. to invest with royal authority.
Faaaro, v.n. to conceal; see aro.
Faaaroha, s. a keep-sake, a relic.
Faaaroha, v.a. to cause pity or compassion.
Faaarue, v.a. to cause a person or thing to be praised; see arue.
Faaaruerue, v.a. to make a reverberating noise.
Faaata, v.a. to excite risibility.
Faaata, a. droll, laughable, causing laughter.
Faaataata, v.a. to cause much or repeated laughter; see ata.
Faaâtaâta, v.a. to shock, disgust, raise aversion in a person; see âtaâta.
Faaâtaâta, a. disgusting, causing aversion.
Faaatea, v.a. to give place, make room; put further off; see atea.
Faaatete, v.a. to make a clashing or a cracking noise; see atete.
Faaatu, v.a. to place, and to keep common things apart from those that are sacred.
Faa atua, v.a. to deify; to constitute something to be a god; to acknowledge, serve, or act towards some person or thing as a god.
Faaatuatu, v.a. to keep common things apart from sacred ones; to kiip or preserve old relics.
Faaatuatu, v.a. to make things neat and orderly, and keeping them so.
--a. keeping one's property in good order; carefully preserving old relics.
Faaau, v.a. to assist another to swim; to cause an articleor thing to float by swimming with it.
Faaau, v.a. to fit or suit one thing to another; to regulate, set in order; make an agreement; see au.
Faaauau, v.a. to teach to swim.
Faaauau, v.a. to convey a sick person from one place to another for the sake of the air, &c.
Faaaumai, v.a. to produce an earnest desire or concern.
Faaauraa, s. an agreement; the time or place of an agreement; the meaning, import, or design of a thing.
Faaavari, v.a. to remove or abolish a restriction; see rahui.
Faaavari, s. the first fruit of a garden or plantation presented to the king, or the chief of the place see faaahoa.
Faaavarivari, v.a. to make pliant or flexible.
Faaea, v.a. to save, deliver, or to heal.
Faaea, v.n. to cease; to rest.
Faaeaea, v.n. to stop or rest frequently; to go on loiteringly.
Faaea raa, s. a resting place, a resting time.
Faaee, v.a. to push up one's self against another; to put up, or hang up a thing.
Faaee, v.a. to convey anything by water.
Faaêho, v.a. to set apart, appoint, separate.
Faaehu, v.a. to persuade others to engage in an undertaking, and afterwards desert them.
--s. a person that sets others about any work, and then leaves them.
Faaehu, v.a. to stir up or befoul water--fig. to stir up strife or commotion.
Faaehuehu, v.a. to stir up violently and repeatedly, either water or strife.
Faaene, v.a. to encroach, as on the border of land.
--s. an encroacher, encroachments.
Faaeneene, v.a. to encroach repeatedly, or to do so gradually.
Faaere, v.a. to disappoint, defeat the expectation of property, or of some thing that is desired.
Faaereavae, v.a. to make use of a basket called ereavae.
Faaerieri, s. a present of food given to a new made chief, or a new married couple; see faaariari.
Faaerieri, v.a. to give a present to a new made chief, or to a new married couple.
Faaeo, v.n. to be so affected with grief or love as to lose the appetite.
Faaero, s. an abortive, applied to fruit, &c.
Faaero, a. addled, rotten, applied to eggs.
Faaetaeta, v.a. to make firm or strong, to oppose with vigour.
Faaetaeta, v.n. to be obstinate; to harden one's self; to be resolute.
Faaetaeta, s a person who invigorates another; that which strengthens.
Faaeteete, v.n. to make much of one's self; to spare one's self in work by putting it upon others.
Faaeva, v.n. to be vain of dress; not putting the hand to work.
Faafaa, s. the deep indented small vallies.
Faafaaao, v.a. to send a person to look out; see faaao.
Faafaaroo, v.a. to produce faith or obedience.
--v.n. to pretend to faith or obedience in order to gain some end.
Faafai, v.a. to conclude the prayers when officiating at the marae.
Faafai, v.a. to carry tales, publish secrets.
--a tale bearing, as taata faafai, a tale bearing man.
Faafaito, v.a. to make equal; weigh, measure.
--s. a measurer of any thing; see faito.
Faafaha, v.a. to take the largest portion; to guard property.
Faafana, a. taking the largest share for himself.
Faafanau, v.a. to support a woman in labour; to perform the duties of a midwife.
Faafano, s. the departure of the soul when a person dies.
Faafano, v.a. to go out as the spirit from one possessed; to depart as the supposed god from the inspired taura or prophet.
Faafao, v.a. to degrade, oppress, enslave.
Faafarava, v.a. to make to bend from the perpendicular; see farava.
Faafarerei, v.a. to procure a meeting.
Faafariu, v.a. to cause a person or a thing to turn round to an opposite position by any means--fig. to convert another; see fariu.
--s. the person, or means, by which any other person or thing is so turned.
Faafaro, v.n. to stoop or bend down.
--a. stooping or bending.
--adv. bendingly.
Faafatata, v.a. to bring near; see fatata.
Faafatata, v.n. to approach, to draw near.
Faafati, v.a. to cause a break; see fati.
Faafati, v.a. a war term, to terrify a party to cause them to break up or flee away.
Faafaufaa, v.a. to make an undertaking profitable.
Faafaufau, v.a. to call or denominate a person or a thing base, filthy, disgusting.
Faafaufau, v.n. to affect disgust or abhorrence of a thing.
Faafaura, v.a. to put a tenon into a mortise.
Faafaura, v.n. to appear in sight; see fa.
Faafefe, v.a. to bend, or make any thing curved.
Faafene, v.a. to break up; see faafati.
Faafifi, v.a. to entangle; see fifi; to detain or prevent a person going to battle, or to a journey; to hinder or obstruct.
Faafifi, s. hinderance; the person that hinders.
Faah'aah'aa, v.a. to humble; to make low; see haahaa.
Faahaamâ, v.a. to put to shame, or make ashamed.
--v.n. to put on shame; to act as one abashed or shamed.
Faahaamâ, s. the person or circumstance that makes another ashamed.
Faahaehae, v.a. to provoke; see faatihaehae.
Faahaerea, s. conversation, mode of conduct.
Faahaereaatâ, v.n. to be tedious; to hold one's age well; to be long childless.

Faahâha, v.a. to turn off or aside.
Faahahao, v.n. to turn aside as to avoid a person.
Faahahau, v.n. to turn aside; see hahau.
Faahahe, v.a. to get or procure hahe, a sort of cloth used for the gods; to use such cloth.
Faahahi, v.a. to cause an error or mistake.
Faahana, v.n. to magnify or exalt one's self.
Faahanahana, v.a. to give glory or dignity to another; see hanahana.
Faahaorea. v.a. to create alarm, cause perplexity.
Faahapa, v.a. to cause an error or mistake; see hapa.
Faahapa, v.a. to convict, condemn.
--s. condemnation.
aahape, v.a. to condemn, blame; cause error.
Faahara, v.a. to commit sin or transgression.
Faaharamaau, v.a. to do or say something that causes disturbance, by setting others at variance.
--a. as taata faaharamaau, setting others at variance.
Faahau, v.a. to make peace; see hau; to watch, or act as a guard.
--s. a peace-maker; a watchman; a soldier.
Faahau, v.a. to cause inequality, or one thing to be greater, longer, or beyond another; see hau.
Faahauhau, v.a. to make repeated efforts for peace.
Faahauhau, v.a. to make uneven, as some things longer or higher than others.
Faahe, v.a. to condemn; accuse of error; see he.
--v.a. to cause error, to lead astray.
Faahee, v.a. to remove, or leave through some offence or displeasure.
Faahee, v.a. to cause an evacution of the body by a purgative; see hee.
Faahee, v.a. to float or swim on a board, as the Tahitians do in a great surf of the sea in the pastime horue.
Faahêhê, v.a. to cause alienation between friends or acquaintances.
--a. strange, distant, not familiar.
Faahei, v.a. to put a garland on the head.
Faahei, v.a. to catch fish in a net; see hei.
Faahei, v.a. to get or obtain some good or benefit.
Faaheia, the passive of faahei, to have met opportunely with some good or benefit.
Faaheimoe, v.a. to cause dreaming or visions during sleep; see moe.
Faaheipo, v.a. to accuse or charge falsely, knowing it to be so; pl. faaheipoheipo.
Faaheirui, the same as faaheipo.
Faaheitaoto, the same as faaheimoe.
Faahema, s. a deceiver; one that promises fair but does not perform.
--v.a. to deceive, impose upon a person; to tempt.
Faahemo, v.a. to out-do, excel; see hemo.
Faahemo, v.a. to break, or nulify an agreement.
--s. a breaker of an agreement.
--a. addicted to break agreements.
Faahepo, v.a. to command, impel to action.
--v.n. to domineer, exert authority or power, to tyrannise over others.
Faahepohepo, v.a. to repeat commands as a master.
Faahere, v.a. to make use of a snare; see here.
Faaherehere, v.a. to spare, to favour.
Faahî, s. a pump, a syringe; see .
--v.a. to pump, to use a syringe; to make water to gush.
Faahia, v.a. to cause something that was standing, as a tree, a post, or a man, to fall down.
Faahiahia, s. the quality that causes a thing to be admired.
--v.a. to admire an agreeable object.
Faahiahia, a. admirable, agreeable, fine.
Faahinuhinu, v.a. to cause lustre or splendour; to make respected or honourable.
Faahip, v.a. to turn aside; to assume supercilious airs.
Faahipo, v.a. to play the coxcomb, and affect what is not real.
Faahiti, v.a. to pronounce, to mention a thing.
Faahoa, v.a. to make a friend, procure a friend; see hoa; to take a partner in any concern; to adopt a companion; to associate another with one's self.
Faahoahoa, v.a. to compare as to likeness; to esteem as bearing such a likeness.
--v.a. to pourtray or make a likeness of a person or of a thing.
Faahohoni, s. a vice, pair of pincers or nippers.
--v.a. to put in a vice, to pince or nip; to cause to bite; see hohoni.
Faahoi, v.a. to send back; to cause to return.
Faahope, v.a. to make an end, to finish; to take all.
Faahopea, s. the end or finis; the last one.
Faahopu, v.a. to bathe another in water.
Faahopue, v.a. to cause fermentation.
Faahopue, s. leaven, or any thing which causes fermentation; see hopue; fig. malice or ill-will.
--v.n. to ferment; to bear malice until it breaks out into some evil act.
Faahoro, v.a. to make another to run; to ride a horse and so make it run; to cause a thing to slide down; to use a certain mode of fishing.
Faahorohoro, v.a. to remove property from one place to another, as when people change their residence.
Faahoropapa, v.a. to lay a floor, put up a shelf, or fit up a bed place.
Faahotu, v.a. to produce fruitfulness in trees, &c; see hotu.
Faahou, v.a. to renew; see hou and apí.
Faahou, adv. again, done over again.
Faahouu, v.a. to abash, make ashamed.
Faahua, v.a. to assume the appearance of something not real, or appear to be acting what is not intended.
Faahuahua, v.a. to assume repeatedly the appearance of something not real.
Faahuahua, v.a. to beat, or reduce a thing to atoms.
Faahume, v.a. to tie up the girdle called maro.
Faahupehupe, v.a. to mar, make unsightly, disfigure; see hupehupe.
Faahurué, to transfigure, make of another likeness; see huruê.
Faahururu, v.a. to make use of the hururu, a play thing
for children; to drive away hogs, &c., by the noise the hururu.
Faaî, v.a. to fill any thing, or space; see í; to engross the whole of the conversation.
--s. that which filleth any vessel, cavity, or space; that which takes up the whole of the conversation.
Faaï, v.a. to procure a sail, to put it up; see ïe; to get a cloth mallet.
Faaieie, v.n. to act in a vain foppish manner.
--s. a person that acts foppishly.
Faaiheihe, v.a. to decorate with ornaments.
Faaiho, v.a. to cause, or help a person to descend; to let down a thing.
--s. one that leads another down, or lets a thing down from an eminence.
Faaiho, v.a. to use prayers and ceremonies, as the priests did formerly, to procure the presence of a god in or with the image.
Faaihu, v.a. to strangle, drown, or smother.
--s. the person that strangles or drowns.
Faaihuihu, v.a. to repeat the act of smothering, drowning, or stangling any thing.
Faaii, v.a. the plural of to fill; to fill repeatedly.
--s. that which fills many vessels or cavities.
Faaiita, v.a. to harden, to make stiff.
Faaiite, v.a. to reconcile those who were at variance.
--s. one that reconciles, a reconciler.
Faaina, s. a grind-stone, a whet-stone; any thing to sharpen a tool.
--v.a. to grind, whet, or sharpen a tool.
Faainaina atua, s. evil speech or blasphemy.
Faainati, v.a. to call out the names of the various maraes, &c., when peace was to be established.
Faainati, v.a. to appoint the under chiefs; to present or take food by means of the inati or under chiefs; to make use of the inati in presenting food, &c., through their hands.
Faaine, v.a. to encroach on another in any way.
--s. an encroacher, as to land and other things.
Faaineine, v.a. to make ready, prepare, or to cause preparation to be made.
Faaini, v.a. to make or procure an ini, that is a butt or mark to which darts or spears are thrown--fig. to go carefully about an affair so as to hit the true medium, which is the ini.
Faaino, v.a. to defame, to injure; also to hurt or spoil a thing.
--s. defamation, a defamer.
Faainoino, v.a. to give offence, to shew dislike or ill feeling towards an object.
Faaio, s. cloth that is partly coloured red and partly white.
Faaioio, v.a. to make of various colours, and thereby to set off to advantage; see ioio.
Faaioio, v.a. to put on stillness, or apparent serenity in the article of death, or when about to depart.
Faaipaea, s. that which may increase the number of a party, but not its efficiency; or the bulk of a thing, but not its value.
--v.a. to increase the number or bulk merely.
Faaipaupau, v.a. to deride, turn to scorn, provoke.
Faaipo, s. the name of a tree; also of a goddess.
Faaipoipo, v.a. to marry.
Faaipoipo raa, s. marriage.
Faairi, v.a. to cause a thing to be lodged or placed; to use or put up a board for any purpose; see iri.
Faaita, v.n. to distort the lips and chin; to make grimaces by way of contempt, or to excite laughter.
Faaitaita, v.n. to make repeated grimaces by way of contempt, or to produce laughter.
Faaite, v.n. to teach, make known, produce knowledge; see ite.
--s. a teacher, one that makes known or produces knowledge.
Faaiteite, v.n. to teach or make known repeatedly; to make repeated and partial discoveries; to make nown or shew by small degrees.
Faaiti, v.n. to reduce, diminish in size; to lessen in rank or influence.
Faaitiiti, v.n. to diminish by little and little; to reduce by degrees; see iti.
Faa iti ma te apiapi, s. a little contracted valley--fig. the situation of one surrounded with dificulties.
Faaitoito, v.n. to excite to vigilance and watchfulness; often used imperatively, be vigilant, watchful, active.
--v.n. to be active and vigilant.
--s. one that excites to vigilance.
Faamahu, v.n. to bear with patience.
--a. patient, forbearing.
--s. patience.
Faamaitai, v.a. to produce or make good, to praise; see haamaitai.
--s. praise, encomium; a praiser, that which produces amendment, or makes good; see maitai.
Faamatau, v.a. to terrify, to threaten, to produce fear; see matau.
--s. one that causes fear, or that which makes afraid.
--v.n. to put on fear, to act as one in fear, to affect to be afraid.
Faamate, v.a. to produce ill-ness or death; to kill.
--v.n. to affect sickness; to commit suicide.
Faamaue, v.a. to cause flight; see maue.
Faamoana, s. a sort of cage of wicker work, used for catching fish.
Faana, v.a. to pacify a child; nee .
--s. a pacifier, one that pacifies.
Faanahonaho, v.a. to prepare, set in order; commonly applied to a table and what concerns eating; see nahonaho.
Faananau, v.n. to strive, as in difficult evacuation; or as a woman in travail; see titohi.
Faananaue, v.n. to linger, hang behind; to withdraw.
Faanaonao, v.a. to decorate; see naonao.
Faanaunau, s. one that cooks food, and does other things with cleverness and neatness;
the neatness or cleverness with which any thing is done.
--a. neat, clean, clever.
--adv. neatly, cleanly, cleverly.
Faanavai, v.a. to make up what is deficient; see navai.
Faanavanavai, v.a. to supply, or make up deficiencies.
Faanavenave, v.a. to procure delight or pleasure, cause delight.
--s. one that delights, or causes pleasure to another.
Faanee, s. a steersman in a boat or ship.
--v.a. to steer, as a helmsman or cockswain.
Faaneenee, v.a. to steer repeatedly, or in different directions.
Faanehenehe, v.a. to adorn, set in good and decent order; see nehenehe.
--s. one that decorates, or sets in decent order; that which adorns.
Faanenee, v.a. the dual of to steer; see nee.
Faania, v.a. to turn over, applied to any thing in cooking; see nia.
Faanihinihi, v.a. the old word for to decorate.
Faanoa, v.a. to profane, make common.
Faanoho, v.a. to cause to sit or abide; to place.
Faanoho, s. one who places things or persons in their proper places; one who fixes another in his land.
Faanono, v.a. to procure nono, to dye with nono.
Faanonoa, v.a. to spurn with disgust, applied to husbands and wives that have an aversion to each other; see nonoa.
Faanonoue, v.n. to linger, hang behind.
Faanoo, v.a. to put a noo or square stern to a canoe.
Faanua, s. a sluggard.
Faanuanua, v.n. to be indolent, sparing one's self.
Faanuu, v.a. to procure, or gather a nuu or fleet.
Faanuu, v.n. to slide, or move towards another place.
Faaô, v.a. to have, or take a present as an introducton; to cause or procure an introduction.
Faao, v.n. to look out.
Faaoao, v.n. to look out repeatedly as with expectation.
--s. a looker out one that looks out repeatedly.
Faaoaoa, v.n. to rejoice.
--v.a. to cause joy.
Faaoeoe, v.a. to sharpen to a point, as a dart or spear; see oeoe.
Faaoha, v.a. to cause to lean or bend; see oha.
--v.n. to go bending, as a person through age; to come down, as a bird on its roost.
Faaohipa, v.a. to procure work; to cause work to be done.
Faaoho, v.a. to use a stick or rod in a certain mode of fishing.
Faaohu, v.a. to cause any thing to turn as a wheel.
Faaohu, v.a. to put up earth in ridges.
Faaohu, v.a. to tie up leaves in small bundles.
Faaohu, s. one that turns any thing, as a sheel; the handle by which any thing is turned round.
Faaoi, v.a. to grind, whet, or sharpen, as a tool; to bring any thing to a sharp point.
--s. one that grinds, whets, or sharpens any tool; one that brings to a sharp point; a grind stone, or whet stone; see faaina.
Faaoio, v.a. to make brisk; to hasten.
Faaoma, v.a. to make way for water.
Faaonaona, v.a. to cut the hair in a peculiar manner.
Faaoo, v.n. to leave a space between two ridges when thatching a native house.
Faaoohu, v.a. to wrap food in leaves, in order to be baked in a native oven.
Faaooo, v.a. to provoke, to stir up another's displeasure; see ooo.
--s. a person that provokes; any thing or circumstance that provokes.
Faaoopa, v.a. to upset, or turn a thing over.
--s. one who upsets r turns over a canoe, &c.; see oopa.
Faaoopi, v.a. to shut or close, such as the leaves of a book; see oopi.
Faaopea, v.a. to place things cross ways, as a pile of firewood.
Faaopeapea, v.a. to put things cross ways repeatedly.
Faaopupu, v.a. to raise a blister; from opupu a bladder.
--s. that which causes a blister; a blistering plaster.
Faaopupu, v.a. to put up a small sail to a canoe or a boat.
Faaora, v.a. to save, heal, deliver; to bless; see faaea and ora.
--s. a Saviour, healer, deliverer, redeemer.
Faaorare, v.a. to disturb, cause mischief by evil reports, &c.
Faaore, v.a. to annul laws or customs; to forgive, or do away the punishment of a crime; to annihilate; see ore.
--s. the person or thing which disannuls, or causes any thing to be done away.
Faaoreore, v.a. to do away repeatedly, or gradually.
Faaori, v.a. to cause or procure a dance; to procure or employ a dancer.
Faaoro, v.n. to abstain from food through grief, or some other cause.
Faaoro, v.a. to procure, or make use of the sweet scented oro; see oro.
Faaoroa, v.a. to make a feast; to cause the observance of some feast or ceremony; see oroa.
--v.a. since the reception of Christianity, the ordinances of Baptism and the Lord's Supper are called Oroa; and faaoroa is to appoint and observe either of them.
Faaoroaia, v.a. to cause grief or sorrow.
Faaoromai, s. patience, forbearance.
--v.n. to be patient; to bear with patience; see haamahu.
--a. patient, forbearing; calm under sufferings.
Faaorooro, v.a. to make use of the rasps called orooro.
Faaorui, v.a. to cause the failure of good.
Faaote, v.a. to suckle, give suck as a mother.
Faaoti, v.a. to finish, or complete a thing; also, to leave off for the present.
--s. a finisher, or one that brings to an end; see oti.
Faaoto, v.a. to cause weeping, sorrow, or grief; to sound any sort of instrument; the oto is the sound or noise of a thing.
--s. one that causes weeping, crying, or grief of mind; one that sounds any sort of instrument; see tai.
Faaotooto, v.a. to produce repeated weeping or grief of mind; to sound an instrument repeatedly.
Faapaari, v.a. to cause maturity or ripeness; to make wise, cunning, skilful.
--s. one that causes or brings to maturity; one that instructs, makes wise, or cunning.
Faapeapea, v.a. to teaze, perplex; see peapea.
Faapitaataa, v.a. to cause the loosening, cracking, or aplitting of the kernel in the cocoanut shell; see pitaataa.
Faapoaupu, v.a. to destroy any of one's family by means of sorcery.
Faapuora, v.a. to take a person or thing to a place of safety; to remove a sick person from place to place for the sake of the restoration of health; see haapuora.
--v.n. to go to a refuge or lace of safety.
Faapurara, v.a. to scatter, spread abroad.
Faapurero, v.n. to appear unexpectedly, as a person concealed.
Faapuroro, v.n. to issue out suddenly, as a person concealed in a thicket.
Faaraa, v.a. to consecrate; see haamoa.
Faarahi, v.a. to enlarge, to magnify any thing.
Faarairai, v.a. to make thin, or slender.
Faarao, v.a. to lay rollers, as in drawing up a boat or acnoe; to lay sticks under any thing for it to rest upon, or in order to haul it up.
Faaroa, v.a. to cause choking by swallowing fish bones.
Faaraoa, v.n. to endeavour to vomit up any thing with which one is choking; see raoa.
Faaraorao, v.a. to make use of rollers repeatedly, or of many rollers.
Faaraorao, a. fly attracting, appied to meat, or any thing that brings flies together.
Faarapu, v.a. to stir, or cause to mix well, any liquid or pulp.
Faarapurapu, v.a. to stir grandually, or repeatedly, any sort of liquid or pulp.
Faararua, v.a. to put up two sails; see rarua.
Faarare, s. a ramrod.
Faarare, v.a. to stir or mix up the food caled popoi.
Faararerare, v.a. to stir or mix up popoi repeatedly.
Faarari, v.a. to wet any thing; see rari.
--s. any thing or garment used as a protection against wet; a great coat is ahu faarari ua.
Faarata, v.a. to tame, to make a person or a thing familiar; see rata
Faarau, s. a piece of net work at the batt end of a fishing rod, on which the natives hook the pearl fish-hook; also the oma a small fish with which a hook for catching the fish aahi is baited.
Faarau, s. the spring of a lock, or any other steel spring.
--v.a. to make hundreds, or count by hundreds; see rau; to put a spring to a lock; to fix a bait to a pearl hook, &c. Faaraurau, s. the name of a certain feast and ceremony used in abolishing a restriction.
Faaravai, v.a. to supply a deficiency.
Faaravaravai, v.a. to supply various deficiencies, or supply a deficiency repeatedly.
Faarearea, v.a. to wheedle, or flatter a person.
Faareeree, v.a. to apportion, or furnish equal parts for a feast; to furnish equal parts in any general contribution.
Faarefa, v.a. to make a motion to dazzle the eyes.
Faarefarefa, v.n. to roll the eyes about repeatedly.
Faarei, s. a mode of using a fishing net.
Faareirei, v.a. to use the net, or catch fish in the faarei manner.
Faareirei, v.n. to stretch, as a person lifting himself up.
Faarepu, v.a. to stir up anger or commotion.
--s. one that causes strife.
Faareureu, v.n. to make merry or to be joyful; also to be liberal with food, &c.
Faariaria, v.a. to shock, to disgust.
--v.n. to shew, or affect disgust.
Faarirerire, v.a. to applaud or exalt a person or a thing; to boast.
--s. bombast, boasting; a boaster.
Faario, v.a. to raise a fishing net in various places, that persons may take the fish.
Faariri, v.a. to provoke to anger; see riri.
--v.n. to work up one's self to a state of anger; to put on the appearance of anger.
Faaroa, v.a. to lengthen; see haamaoro.
--v.n. to prolong, to delay.
Faaroo, s. [fakarongo, vakarongo, akarongo,] faith or belief; obedience.
--v.a. to believe; to act in obedience.
Faaroo, v.n. to hear; see roo and roroo.
--a. obedient, hearing.
Faarooroo, v.n. to listen or hear repeatedly.
Faaroroa, v.a. to lengthen repeatedly.
--v.n. to prolong, or delay from time to time.
Faaroroo, v.n. the dual of faaroo, to hear or listen.
--a. quick of hearing.
Faarori, v.a. to move, shake, or pull a thing from side to side in order to make it loose.
--s. a person that moves or ahkes a thing, or that which whakes a thing.
Faarorirori, v.a. to move or shake repeatedly.
Faarou, v.a. to use a rou or crook in order to reach fruit, &c.
Faarourou, v.n. to be still, wait in silence.
Faarû, v.a. to cause haste; see ru.
Faarua, s. the boisterous N. or N. E. wind; see haapiti.
Faaruai, v.a. to give a vomit, cause vomiting.
--s. an emetic, that which causes vomiting.
Faarue, v.a. [fakaruke, akaruke,] to cast away, forsake; to leave off.
Faaruoi, v.n. to feign illness and inability.
Faarumai, s. the same as faaoromai.
Faarumaruma, v.n. to make one's self appear gloomy, austere, forbidding; see rumaruma.
Faaruru, v.a. to brave danger, encounter difficulties.
Faarùrû, v.n. to cause a self trembling, as formerly in the case of the pretended prophets or taura.
Faarurua, s. a shelter or defence.
--v.n. to take shelter.
Faaruu, v.a. to use a certain mode of fishing.
Faaruuruu, v.a. to prepare for a battle, as the warriors used to do by wrapping about their bodies.
Faataa, v.a. [wakataka, akataka,] to part, disjoin, or set aside; also to throw, or roll down from a precipice.
Faataaê, v.a. to put far off, to separate entirely.
Faataataa,v.a. to separate or put away obstacles; to make distinct parts or parties; also to shift form one place to another
Faatae, v.a. to go quite to, or reach quite out to any thing, as to fruit at the extremity of a branch; to excite to go, to set a going; to take a person or thing to a marae
--s. the person who excites to any thing.
Faataeaau, v.a. to excite the desire of the heart for any thing.
--s. that which excites desire after any thing.
Faataeae, v.a. to make, or profess to be a brother or brethren.
Faatahataha, v.n. to cast a side glance at something disagreeable; to turn aside to avoid a person.
Faatahinu, v.a. to anoint, cause the anointing of a person.
Faatahoa, v.a. to weary, or teaze in any way.
--v.n. to trouble one's self; to be in want of patience, so as to be a self troubler; see tahoa.
Faatahua, v.a. to constitute or employ a priest; to employ an artizan to teach a person any art or trade.
Faatai, v.a. to make one grieve or wee;; see faaoto.
Faataia, v.a. to discourage, cause heaviness or grief; see taia.
Faatiapapau, v.a. to play tricks to frighten people, as if there was a ghost; see tupapau.
Faatiapiti, v.n. to blow from two different quarters, as the wind in certain places.
--v.n. to contend, a two parties.
Faatiara, v.a. to bear up to the wind, as a canoe.
Faatiatia, v.a. to discourse, converse together, reason together; also to relate a conversation.
Faatiatia v.a. to quiet a child, by carrying, tossing, or diverting it in some way or other.
Faatiatia, v.n. to be withholding a person's share or right.
Faatietie, v.a. to boast, glory, eulogize.
--s. a boaster.
Faatihae, v.a. to provoke a dog or other beast; to insult the mourners in the heva.
Faatihaehae, v.a. to insult or provoke repeatedly.
Faatiho, v.a. to speak degradingly and contemptuously of the property of another, that he may be disgusted, and disregard it.
Faatihotiho, v.a. to excite repeatedly the disgust of a person in regard to his house or property, so that he may disregard it.
Faatii, v.a. to cause one to be disappointed in something he wished or expected.
Faatimo, v.a. to make use of a stone called timo in a game or play of that name.
Faatina, v.a. to propose or appoint marriage connexions, as parents often do.
Faatina, v.a. to pledge or challenge in eating, drinking, or giving of presents; to cram or fill up with food, to surfeit.
Faatio, v.a. to use contemptuous language, to dare.
Faatiopa, v.a. to turn a thing on its side.
Faatiotio, v.a. to dare, make little of repeatedly.
Faatiotioo, v.a. to excite to anger by daring and contemptuous language.
Faatipaupau, v.a. to vex, excite to jealousy or envy.
Faatirava, v.a. to lay beams horizontally.
Faatiri, a. prolific, as a female of the human or brute species.
--s. seed, progeny of any kind.
Faatitapou, v.a. to put a thing bottom upwards.
Faatitarava, v.a. to place things horizontally side by side.
Faatitiahemo, v.a. to use exertions to excel another in work, &c.
Faatitiaifaro, v.a. to straighten what is crooked in serveral places; to rectify what is wrong in several respects.
Faatitiaua, v.a. to seek to excel another.
Faatitina, v.a. to exert over much, to attempt to do too much.
Faatito, v.a. to cause cocks, dogs, ge goats, &c., to fight; see tito.
Faatito, v.a. to urge a person to procure property for another.
Faatitô, s. a funnel.
--v.a. to fill or pour liquid into a vessel; see titô.
Faatitomoa, s. a person that promotes cock-fighting.
Faatitotito, v.a. to excite cocks, &c., to fight.
Faatô, v.a. to fill, or pour into a cask or bottle; to cast any kind of metal.
Faato, v.a. to put shoots of the ava plant in a hole, with wet leaves, in order to cause them to grow, and then take them for planting.
Faatoa, v.a. to cast a stone called toa, as a confirmation of something settled.
Faatoa, v.n. to crow together.
Faatoa, v.a. to make courageous or warlike; also to excite to mischief.
Faatoa, v.n. to settle at the bottom, applied to a fish that has been hooked.
Faatoatoa, v.a. to be very brave.
Faatoatoa, v.a. to make exertions too soon after sickness.
Faatoe, v.a. to leave some, spare a remainder.
Faatohe, v.a. to make the first part of a net or basket.
Faatohu, v.a. to point at a person or thing by the finger; see toku.
Faatohutohu, v.a. to point repeatedly.
Faatoi, s. the name of a feast made by parents, on removing certain restrictions that regarded their children; a family feast.
Faatomo, v.a. to load a canoe, boat, or ship.
--v.a. to cause a ship or other vessel to sink in the water; see tomo.
Faatomo, v.a. to cause an entrance into a house or other place; to cause the first entrance or public opening of a place of worship.
Faatomotomo, v.a. to heap one thing upon another in a vessel, or in putting a burden upon a person so as to over load him.
Faatono, v.a. to send a messenger; to cause one to be sent; see tono.
Faatootoo, v.a. to make use of a staff; see tootoo.
Faatoro, v.a. to trace, to follow the footsteps of a thief.
Faatoro, v.a. to stretch out the hand or foot.
Faatoro, v.a. to lead, or go before, as a canoe in a fishing party; to solicit the making of native cloth, as the chiefs often do; to trace a report.
--s. one that searchs out a thing.
Faatoro hara, v.a. to trace the evidences of a crime.
Faatoroa, v.a. to invest with office; see toroa.
Faatoropaaa, v.a. to trace, as the root of the yam through al the intricacies of the vines coming from it--fig. to find out causes by their effects.
Faatorotoro, v.a. to trace, or search out with perseverance; to stretch out repeatedly.
Faatoto, v.n. to be in a rage to such a degree as to alter the countenance.
Faatôtô, v.a. to enclose a hue or calabash in a sort of net.
Faatotoa, v.n. to lag, or hang behind, as a warrior; to be shy of another, avoiding his company.
Faatu, v.a. to raise up, put in an erect posture; also to support, assist; see faatia.
Faatuatua, v.n. to frown; see tuatua.
Faatupu, v.a. to cause any thing to grow, happen, or come to pass; see tupu.
Faatupua, v.n. to be silent, grave, serious.
--a. reserved; also sullen.
--s. reservedness, sullenness.
Faatupui, s. the remaining one of a family or race, who is to keep it from extinction by becoming the root of a future progeny.
Faatuputupuatau, a. of long forbearance or endurance, yet will break out. A figurative expression taken from the sea among the breakers, where it may appear smooth for a while, yet will break out suddenly.
Faatuou, v.n. to nod, or give a sign.
Faatura, v.a. to honor, exalt, shew respect.
Faaturai, v.a. to push, throw down by pushing.
Faaturatura, v.a. to honor continually or repeatedly.
Faturatura, v.n. to assume consequence.
Faatureirei, v.n. to be carelessly, or by way of daring, putting one's self in a dangerous place.
--v.a. to place a thing in a slippery, insecure, or dangerous position.
Faaturi, s. prostitution, adultery, or fornication.
--v.a. to commit adultery or fornication; but most commonly the term is applied to prostitution for hire.
Faaturi, v.n. to pretend deafness; see turi.
Faaturituri, v.n. to turn a deaf ear repeatedly; to pretend deafness, or that what is said is not intelligible.
Faaturu, v.a. to prop, put up a turu or support; see turu
Faaturui, v.n. to lean against, or upon a thing.
Faaturui rua, v.n. to stand or lean between two; to halt between two opinions.
Faaturuma, v.a. to be silent, to appear thoughtful and serious.
Faaturuturu, v.a. to prop up repeatedly.
Faaturuturui, v.n. to go a lounging from place to place.
Faatutu, v.a. to fish with two nets, a large and a small one.
Faatûtû, v.a. to dandle a child; see faatiatia.
Faatutû, v.n. to stand on equal terms, applied to antagonists.
Faaû, v.n. to be resolute, facing all sorts of weather.
Faauana, v.a. to use exertion, make a strong effort; see uana.
Faauaua, v.a. to command imperiously and incessantly.
Faauaua, v.a. to command imperiously and incessantly.
Faauaua, v.a. to make stiff or tough.
Faaue, v.a. to order, bid, command.
--s. an order or bidding.
Faaueue, v.a. to order, or excite to action repeatedly.
Faauiui, v.n. to perceive or hear indistinctly.
Faaunauna, s. an ornament, decoration.
Toti, a. tied, secured, cemented ; also bound by an agreement.
-- v.n. to be double tied, as a bundle.
Totitotaa, v. n. to go from place to place to babble.
Toto, s. blood ; also juice or sap of plants, &c.
Totô, v.n. to shake as a fisherman's line when the fish bite.
Tôtô, s. a net or bag for a calabash, in which it is carried about with water, &c.
Tôtô, v.n. to pant as two fowls when fighting ; to make a noise, as a hen when her nest is disturbed ; to rap with a finger, or strike a drum with a finger.
Totoa, v. a. to do some mischief.
-- a. mischievous, doing harm.
Totoe, s. a species of a crab.
-- s. a piece of wood struck by a man, when removing the rahui.
-- s. some supposed vengeance for a crime.
Totoee, v.n. to be not noticing a friend ; also in speech, to wander from the subject.
Totoetai, s. the name of a crab.
Totohara, s. a visitation or punishment, supposed to be inflicted on account of some crime.
Totoie, s. a little game, or play of children.
Totomapû, v. a. to do some mischief or violence.
-- s. the doer of some mischief ; the same as totoa.
Tôtómato, v.a. to strike the ground when in pursuit of hidden property, that is supposed to be buried.
Totono. v.a. the dual of tono, to send.
Totoo, v.a. to distend.
Totoo, v.a. to enlarge a thing.
Totoorooro, v.a. to speak laconically ; see topatairite.
Totopao, s. the blood obtained by striking the head with the shark's tooth ; formerly a frequent custom of women in token of grief or affection.
Totoro, s. decrepitude.
-- v. n. to be shrivelled, worn out by age.
-- v. n. to creep, or move slowly.
-- v.a. to trace by following a track, to trace a stalk or vine to the rest of a plant.
Totoroaena, s. decrepitude, old age.
--  a. old, stricken in year's, worn with age.
Totoroaipo, s. the act of eating at home, being overtaken by darkness.
Totoriori, s. the same as torotoroiore.
Totoroporeho, s. a part of the instrument that is used to catch the cuttle fish.
Totoroû, s. a work that will not be done.
Totorouto, s. a dancing tune beaten on the cloth beam by the women when making cloth.
Tototo, s. a species of broom, called also atoto.
Totova, s. mischief ; the same as totoa.
Tou, s. the name of a tree, (the cordia).
To'u, poss. pron. my,mine ; see ta, to, na.
Tou, poss. pron. thine, according to other dialects, but not much used at Tahiti, as to'u, mine, to oe, thine, tona, his, are the regular Tahitian poss. pron.
Touura, a. red, coloured by the sun.
Touri, a. darkish in colour.
Toutu, a. of a dark colour; see uriuri ; marred, applied to the face.
Tovanuvanu, s. coldness; see anuanu.
Tu, s. the name of a Tahitian god, as also formerly of the the king of Tahiti, so that the sylable tu became sacred, and was changed into tia in most words.
-- s. an advocate, supporter, pleader for another ; see tia.
-- v.n. to stand erect ; to be upright or straight.
-- v.n. to fit, agree, to answer the purpose.
-- prep. from ; see atu, atura, or tura.
Tua, s. the back ; the great open sea.
-- s. a maggot ; see iro.
-- s. an upper flat stone of a wall; see tiava.
-- v. a. to put on the upper stone of a wall.
-- v.a. to cut ; see tapu.
-- v. n. to rest, or wait; see tatari.
-- s. a company ; see tiaa.
Tuaa, a. lewd, shameless, indecent, profane.
-- s. a short sleep.
-- v.n. to sleep a little.
Tuaaea, s. a sacred place.
Tuaana, s. (tuakana) an elder brother ; also a senior relation.
Tuaane, s. a brother in relation to a sister.
Tuaaoa, v. n. to set in, applied to the wind.
Tuae, v.a. to make room; see faaatea.
Tuafati, s. a crick in the back.
Tuaha, a. full feathered, as a fowl able to fly.
Tuahee, a, lean, emaciated ; see tiahee ; also loose, as the coils of a rope.
Tuahine, s. a sister.
Tuahoro, a. strong, athletic.
Tuahu, s. a disease of the skin.
-- s. a wharf, or quay.
-- s. the name of a part of the marae.
-- v. a. to fill up the earth about a plant ; also to work wickedness.
Tuai, v.n. to wait, see tiai ; to exercise patience.
-- s. a small species of cockle
-- a. productive, as farinaceous plants.
-- v.n. to lie on the back with the thighs extended ; to move the thighs in dancing.
Tuaio, s. the back bone ; the fleshy parts on each side of the back bone.
Tuaivi, s. the slope of a mountain ridge.
Tuamanuu, s. the same as tuafati.
Tuamata, s. the eyebrows.
Tuamoo, s. the spine.
Tuamoua, s a mountain ridge.
Tuani, s. a restorer, one who helps, or supports.
Tuaoao, v.n. to be practising as players.
Tuapa, s. a weakling in the ranks ; a bird ust beginning to fly.
Tuapau, s. great weariness, as by labour.
Tuapo, s. a dream ; an unexpected favour.
Tuapu, s. a humpback.
-- a. humpbacked.
Tuara, s. the sail of a vessel.
-- v. a. to treat a person with contempt.
-- v.n. to forage for food.
Tuara, v.n. to have weakness of the joints ; to smite together, as the limbs, through weakness.
-- a. unfit, unsuitable.
Tuaraaru, v. n. to be shaking through weakness.
Tuaruhuria, v. n. to move in a tremulous manner ; to be aback, as a sail.
Tuaraina, a. sun burnt ; discoloured by filth.
Tuararirii, s. small talk or conversation, commonly about evil things.
Tuarau, s. a bait used by fishermen in the canoe called tira.
Tuarehu, a. congregated, assembled.
-- v.n. to be assembled, as a multitude.
Tuarii, s. a little trifling talk.
Tuariirii, s. the same as tuarii, and tuararirii.
Tuaroi, s. a bed, a place of sleeping ; a place of rest or abode.
Tuaroaroa, v. n. to wait, to stay for ; see hapapa.
Tuarorovau, a. unsettled, changeable as the wind.
Tuaru, s. a piece of wood on the ridge of a native house.
-- v.a. to banish ; see tuvaru.
Tuarua, v.n. to be ever returning, as a flood.
Tuata, s. the name of a stone adze.
-- v.a. to spear fish by moonlight.
-- v.a. to be gorged, or glutted with food.
Tuataata, s. the followers of a person.
Tuatahapa, s. a small effort to finish a work.
Tuatapapa, v. n. to trace in order of time various events and transactions.
Tuatapapa, v. a. to heap one thing upon another.
Tuatau, a. long, protracted, as the time of doing a thing.
Tuatea, s. the name of a species of yam.
Tuatea, s. a great rolling billow of the sea.
Tuateaea, s. a sacred place, such as the front of the marae, the back of the king, &c.
Tuateaehâ, s. the wide sea out of sight of land.
Tuati, v.a. to join, or close up , see taati.
Tuatii, v. n. to stand, as a tii, or image, in a senseless gaze or surprize.
Tuatoa, v.n. to be not diminished, to be in continuance.
Tuatoto, s. birth pains, the efforts of a woman in travail.
Tuatuâ, s. a word of address in prayer, used in the evening at a marae ; in Rarotonga it signifies the same as parau.
Tuatua, a. rough, as the surface of a thing ; also frowning ; matatuatua, is a rough frowning face.
Tuatuaau, s. a secret robber and murderer.
-- v.a. to rob and murder secretly.
Tuatuaautara, v. n. to stand aloof.
Tuatuai, s. a species of cockle.
-- s. a large athletic person.
Tuatuaihu, v. n. to be bewildered as a traveller, after losing the road among the bushes.
Tuatuaohipa, v. a. to be overburdened with work.
Tuatuapoi, s. a swoon, or fainting fit.
-- v.n. to swoon, or faint.
-- s. a burdensome work.
Tuatuarau, a. multipled, increased.
Tuatuarave, intj. signifying wonder at the greatness or strangeness of a thing.
Tuau, s. the name of a heathen prayer.
-- v.a. to level or make plain and decent, as the gardener his ground.
-- v.a. to ravage, or lay waste, as in war.
Tua'u, v. n. to banish, expel ;
--see tuaru
Tuau'o, s. a powerful man, a heavy thing.
Tuaunahea, v. n. to be burnt by the sun.
Tuauri, s. the ancient people of the place ; an old cunning priest.
Tuauru, v.n. to be overwhelmed with trouble.
Tuarua, s. a pillow.
Tuatuani, s. a person who seeks reconciliation with an enemy.
Tuava, v. n. to be wasted, as the body of a person by disease or famine.
Tuava, s. (guava) the guava tree and fruit, introduced to the islands in 1808.
Tuave, s. a species of breadfruit.
-- a. burnt with the sun.
Tue, s. the core of the vi apple, kernel of the ahia, the body of a crab, star fish, &c.
-- v. a. to impel, play at foot ball, kick with the foot; to strike against a thing.
Tuea, s. a hard vi apple that has no pulp.
Tuemata, s.the eye brows.
Tuematafatiore, s. an eye that gazes steadily.
-- s. the eyes of an adulterer.
Tuematamauru, s. a person with the hair of the eyebrows falling off, a sign of the venereal disease.
Tuere, a. loquaicous, having words, but no doings.
Tuerehu, s. a great concourse of people.
Tueretahoraraa, s. a perfect calm.
Tueretahoroore, s. a knot in a net.
Tuete, s. the god of adultery and fornication.
Tuetue, a. thick, stout, as cloth; irregular, as cloth or boards.
-- v. n. to withstand, oppose, rebut.
Tuetueavero, s. the first canoe that approaches the shore of an enemy.
Tueve, v.a. to press, or throng.
-- v.n. to be first or foremost.
Tufa, s. the reef uncovered at low water.
-- v. n. to be very loud, applied to the sea on the reefs ; see tiamaha.
-- v.a.to share, or divide portions.
-- v.a. to spit; see huare.
Tufaa, s. a share, portion, division, heritage.
Tufafa, a. slack, inert, without vigour.
Tufara, s. the name of a large red fish.
-- s. the name of a bird.
Tafarefare, a. empty, void of contents.
Tufatete, adv. lazily, slow in working.
Tufatufaee, v. n. to have each his share ; to take each his course.
Tufera, v. n. to go obscenely exposed.
Tufera, v.n. to be indolent.
Tuferafera, v.n. to expose the person obscenely, and that repeatedly.
Tuferu, v. a. to scratch, as a hen.
Tufetu, v. a. to fold up; see tiafetu.
Tufetufetu,v. a. to fold a thing repeatedly.
Tufefeu, v.n. to be wrangling, promoting strife.
-- v.a. to provoke by words or actions.
Tuha, v.a. to split, to divide ; see tufa.
Tuhâ, v. n. to be something less than usual, as the flowing of the sea ; to be low, as the water on the reef; see tufa, tiamaha.
Tuhaa, s. a share ; see tufaa.
Tuhatuha, v.a. to spit repeatedly.
Tuhatuhaee, v.n. the same as tufatufaee.
Tuhau, s. a visitor from another place.
Tuheru, v.a. the same as tuferu.
Tuhi, s. the name of a fish.
-- s. an imprecation, or curse.
--  v. a. to curse, to imprecate.
Tuhiauira, v.a. to charge rashly, and bluntly, without sufficient proof.
Tuhituhi, v. a. to curse repeatedly.
-- a. cursing, given to cursing.
--  a. cloying, luscious, over sweet.
-- v.n. to be clogged, to be tired, or wearied of any thing.
Tuhou, s. a novice, a new comer; see tiahou.
-- s. the first wetting of a fishing net.
-- a. young, inexperienced.
Tuhuru, s. a young bird, when the feathers just begin to grow.
Tui, s. a disease of the ear.
-- v.a. to pierce, make a hole or opening.
-- v.a. to but, or impel ; to strike with the head or horns, as a beast in fighting; to stike, smite with the hand.
-- s. a part of a canoe.
-- s. a certain prayer and ceremony on account of a deceased person, to prevent his soul retorning and troubling the living ; see aiaru.
-- s. the hiccough.
-- s. a section of a prayer, or song.
-- s. a pestle ; see penu.
-- s. the name of a sort of spider.
-- v.n. to spread as a report ; ua tui te roo, the fame is gone abroad.
-- v.n. to be dividing, as midnight, which is called tui raa po.
-- v.a. to beat or pound ; see otui.
Tuia, s. human sacrifice taken to the marae.
-- a. lean, meagre ; see tiahê.
Tuiaau, s. a warrior who seeks out his foe in every place.
-- s. a fisherman who seeks fish in the holes in the reef.
Tuiaha, s. from tui to pierce, and aha sinnet ; a hog marked with sinnet in token of dedication to the gods.
-- s. a play term ; the two first cocks that are put to fighting.
-- v.a. to devote to the service of a god, by marking with aha or sinnet.
Tuiaroha, v.n. to faint through want of ustenance; se matapouri.
Tuiate, s. a disorder of the stomach.
Tuiau, v. a. to join hand in hand; to clasp hands, to hang on the arm.
-- v.n. to be led, or drawn.
-- s. a line that runs through the meshes of a Tahitian fishing net, to which are fastened the weights and buoys.
Tuiauorero, v. a. to wrest, or misinterpret a speech at a public meeting, &c.
Tuiee, s. a mode of attach by a wrestler.
Tuifara, s. a certain ceremony of the arioi.
-- s. a violent blow with the fist.
Tuifaro, v. n. to be wearied in waiting.
Tuiharo, s. the same as tuifaro.
Tuiharoa, v. n. to be faint, as tuiaroha.
Tuihau, s. a visitor or guest.
Tuihê, a. thin, lank, meagre.
Tuihêhai, s. a wanton, or libidinous person.
Tuimua, s. a part of a canoe; tuivaa.
Tuiora, v. a. to set well with wedges and tyings, a term used by canoe builders.
Tuipaapaa, v.a. to finish, put an end to a work.
Tuiri, s. small stones, pebbles, gravel.
Tuiroo,a.famous,noted,warlike.
Tuiroro, s. a disease of the ear.
Tuita, v.n. to be fitted, or well joined together.
Tuitaa, v. n. to grind, as the jaws in anger.
Tuitaata. s. a barbarous ceremony performed at the conclusion of war, when peace was to be established.  One of the slain was cut to pieces, and sent by messengers to the chiefs of the different divisions of the land, and this was tuitaata.
Tuitaora, v.a. to throw a sone.
Tuiteta, v. a. to cast the arm around, as a wrestler inthe Tahitian wrestling matches.
-- v.a. to take the first fruits to the gods and the king.
Tuitiua, s. the name of a fish.
Tuituiavera, v. a. to set fire to the mountains.
-- s. the person that sets the mountain wilderness on fire ; fig. a stirrer up of strife.
Tuituiavivo, s. a speech that causes strife.
Tuituiporo, s. a feast and ceremonies for canoe building.
Tuituitu, v. a. to burn a tree while standing.
Tuitupapau, s. a prayer, and certain ceremonies performed for the dead, that the spirit might not come to annoy the living.
Tuiupea, s. a stick used for convenience in carrying a large fishing net.
Tuma, s. a glutton, a gormandizer.
Tuma, adv. over and above, as ehuru tumarua, ten and two over or above.
Tumama, s. a root of foundation.
Tumami, s. certain motions in the native dance.
-- a. having a large full kernel.
Tumaaha, v.n. to sit perfectly unconcerned inthe midst of work, or of danger.
Tumaretei, v.n. to be turning or rolling over, to roll, as a wheel or hoop.
Tumaoaoa, v.n. to be ashamed, as a person not taken notice of.
Tumarorarora, v. n. to be ashamed, as tumaoaoa.
Tumata, v. a. to look at two persons fighting, without making any attempt to part them.
Tumata'a, s. the name of a renowned arioi.
Tumatapopoo, s. the name of a certain idolatrous feast and ceremony on account of the dead.
Tumatariri, s. an unfriendly countenance.
Tumatatea, v.n. to stand off at a distance, giving nohelp, only looking, while others are struggling with work, or some difficulty.
Tumatuma, a. vast, great in quantity ; see hatuma.
Tumau, s. constipation.
Tumiro, v.a. to exercise inthe use of arms.
Tumoa, s. ten fathoms ; see umi.
Tumoarau, s. a fleet of canoes ; see papaupea; the leaves used for catching fish ; see rauoere.
Tumu, s. root, origin, cause, foundation.
-- s. the name of a certain bird.
Tumû, a. blunt, pointless; see tiamu.
-- v.n. to be confounded.
Tumumu, v. n. to ring again, as some noise.
Tumureva, s. the name of a certain wind.
Tumutaua, s. lasting strife or contention.
Tumutumu, s. the red part of the bark of the uru tree.
-- v. n. to distance, by receding from an object ; to become small, as the object becomes distant.
Tumuna, s. a mountain plantain when half ripe.
Tuna, s. a fresh water eel ; see puhi.
Tunahaavaro, s. a species of the eel ; fig. a restless person, whose speech and behaviour indicate malice.
Tunaofao, s. the same as tunahaavaro
Tunaoaro, s. the same as haavaro.
Tunapu, s. a fresh water eel that lives in very deep water.
Tunatoe, s. the remaining one, after all had been supplied.
Tunatore, s. a species of salt water eel.
Tunoa, s. dark spots in the face.
Tunono, s. a game in which the nono apples are thrown by a sling.
Tunoo, s. a certain imprecation or curse.
-- s. a certain ceremony used by the sorcerer, to cause a person's death.
-- v.a. to practise the tunoo
Tunu, v. a. to cook victuals by roasting or boiling.
-- a. roasted or boiled, applied to food.
Tunupa, a. roasted inthe skin, or roasted by being put on the fire.
Tunuvehi, a. roasted in a côvering of leaves, &c.
Tuo, v. n. to bawl, or shout aloud.
Tuofao, s. such as go to the front of the battle.
Tuoi, v.n. to stumble through weakness.
Tuoivi, a. wasted, lean of flesh.
Tuoo, v.n. to sit sullen, from the absence of food, &c.
Tuoo, a. stunted, of slow growth.
Tuoou, v. n. to nod, as two persons to each other.
Tuoro, s. a cry or call.
-- v. a. to call upon a person ; see tiaoro.
Tuoru, s. a sort of cloth, of which tiaputas are made.
Tuou, v. n. to beckon, or nod with the head.
Tuoufao, s. the same as tuofao, and tiaifao.
Tuouou, v. n. to beckon, nod, or make signs repeatedly.
-- s. a certain mode of catching fish.
Tuoura, s. the name of a species of yam.
-- a. red, reddish ; beautifully attired.
Tuououvai, s. a puff of wind with rain.
Tupa, s. a land crab.
Tupâ, v. a. to hollow out, excavate or scoop.
Tupaata, s. laughter.
Tupâata, v. n. to laugh, to laugh to scorn.
Tupaetaurua, s. the ring that encircles a game.
Tupaha, s. a noisy talkative man.
Tupahono, s. a son who takes the place of his father as a warrior.
Tupai, s. a hammer, or mallet.
-- v. a. to strike, hammer ; beat, break a shell.
Tupao, s. holes in the rocks, where the fish take shelter to hide themselves.
-- v.a. to chop unskilfully.
Tupaonihoroa, s. a long toothed person. Long teeth are reckoned by the Tahitians an unfavourable indication of the disposition of a person.
Tupaopao, v.a. to cut the hair in various figures.
Tupaopaoa, s. a steersman, a pilot.
Tupapa, v. a. to beg, teaze and take ; to plunder ; v. a. to collect together, to gather against a time of need.
-- a. greedy, unsatiable.
Tupapaarau, s. things heaped on each other.
-- v.a. to heap one on another.
-- s. a talebearer.
Tupapau, s. (tupapaku) a corpse.
-- s. a ghost, or apparition, the supposed spirit of the dead; an old grievance raised from oblivion.
Tupapauraura, a. utterly consumed, wasted altogether, as by war.
Tuparu, s. a sort of pudding made of grated cocoanut, banana, &c. mixed together.
Tupatai, s. a fleet, sea forces arranged for a sea fight.
-- s. a battle at sea.
Tupatapatao, v.n. to be on the move from place to place ; to be unsettled as to residence.
Tupatupa, a. suspicious ; having a dubious aspect.
-- v.n. to surmise evil.
--  v. a. to excite to some evil.
Tupatupaahutoru, s. a crab from the crevices of a wall ; fig. a person that crawls without shame int the presence of a chief, to teaze him by begging.
Tupatupatai, v.a. to strike repeatedly with the fist.
Tupaurupauru, s. the name of a play among children, hide and seek.
Tupautu, s. an army going to fight on the land.
Tupautii, s. an ill favoured, ill grown person.
Tupe, s. a species of the cockle shell.
Tupeheva, s. the motions of the legs, &c. of the man who had the parae, which see.
Tupepu, s. the name of a species of thin native cloth ; see pupepu.
Tupere, s. a shell of the cockle kind, that was worshipped in some of the islands, and said to be used by the gods in the po, to scrape the souls of men for food.
--  s. (Engl. gooseberry) the cape goosebery.
-- v.n. to stumble, or trip in walking, to move, or roll, as a boat in the sea.
Tuperepere, v. n. to roll, or move repeatedly, as a vessel at sea ; to stumble repeatedly.
Tuperetete, v.n. to be stumbling.
Tuperetii, adv. topsy turvy, head down, heels up.
Tuperetiti, v.n. the same as tuperetete.
Tupereua, a. random, heedless, without thought.
Tupetupe, s. a sort of fishing net.
-- s. a word used by the priests in some of their idolatrous prayers.
--  adv. literingly, behind all.
Tupoina, v. n. to forget; see aromoina.
Tupotupo, s. a word of con-tempt addressed to the parae or tupeheva.
Tupou, v.n. to bow the head and show the posteriors towards a person, by way of contempt.
Tupu, v.n. to grow ; to happen, to come to pass.
-- s. the name of a plant.
-- s. any thing that was used by a sorcerer to have access to a person, such as hair, spittle, &c.
Tupua, s. a charmer, one that could defend himself against the arts of a sorcerer.
-- s. a lock of hair hanging behind.
-- s. a lock of hair cut off from the head of a deceased person to keep in remembrance of him.
Tupuai, s. the crown of the head ; the top of a mountain. The name of an island.
Tupuarii, s. a fine grown person.
Tupuhau, s. the highest in growth.
Tupumoea, s. a piece of a mat, by means of which the sorcerer worked destruction.
Tupuna, s. an ancestor, a grandfather.
Tuputino, v. n. to grow in bulk, but not otherwise.
Tuputu, s. a flock of birds.
-- s. an ill founded report,
Tuputupu, s. a sort of mushroom.
-- s. a red, dusty like mould, that grows on a stale bread fruit.
Tuputupua, s. a tii or demon.
-- s. something vile, insignificant, ugly, or contemptible ; also something extraordinary, large, or great.
Tura, prep, & adv. from ; a contraction of atu and ra, which see.
Tura, v. n. to be exalted ; to be invested with power, to have honour ; see faatura.
Turaa, s. a cock fighter.
-- v.a. to set cocks to fight.
Turaau, s. the manual exercise ofthe native arms.
-- s. a fencer, one practised inthe native exercise of arms ; see tiaraau.
Turae, v.a. to resist ; see turai.
Turahi, v.a. to caulk a vessel, boat, canoe, &c.
Turai, v.a. to push from, resist, repulse.
Turaiarea, v. n. to be cut, or battered down, as the rea or turmeric in its season.
Turatura, s. the name of a medicinal plant.
-- a. honoured, exalted.
Turau, a. proliflc, as a fruit tree.
-- v.n. to stand up, as a company together.
Ture, s. (Heb. torah, without the points ture) a law, rule of conduct ; code of laws.
-- v.n. to be exalted, honoured, see tura.
Tureia, a. conversant, communicative.
Tureiaore, a. not communicative, not moveable by entreaty.
Tureirei, v.n. to stand on the extreme end, or on a slippey place.
-- a. unsettled, restless.
Turepu, s. an agitator, disturber.
-- v.a. to stir up, to cause disturbance.
Turepua, s. a crowd.
Tureru, v. a. to disturb ; as turepu.
Turepurepu, v.a. to agitate repeatedly.
Turerua, v.n. to be in peace, no agitation.
Turi, s. the name of an ancient hero of whom many tales were told.
-- s. the knee ; also a knee of timber in a boat or ship.
--  s. deafness ; a deaf person.
-- v.n. (kuli, tuli, Malay, tuli) to be deaf.
-- a. deaf, not able to distinguish sounds.
Turimene, s. a disorder of the knee.
Turiopa, s. weakness of the knees, through weariness or disease.
Turiri, v. n. to be unsuitable, as not answering a purpose, applied to a piece of timber.
-- a. inflexible, unmanageable.
Turituri, s. deafness by great noise.
Turoia, a. not able to move, as a bed ridden person.
Turora, v. n. to be weak through want of necessary food ; to be in straits through deficiency of things.
Turori, v. n. to stagger, or stumble ; to be unsteady.
Turorirori, v. n. to stagger or stumble repeatedly.
Turoto, s. comfort, contentment.
-- a. comfortable, satisfying.
-- v.n. to be comforted, or made contented.
Turou, v.n. to bow, incline the head ; to be abashed, filled with shame.
    s. a certain native curse.
-- v.a. to curse in the turou manner.
Turu, s.a prop, side post of a house, any support or help, assistance ; eaturu, a ladder.
-- v.a. to prop, or render support in any way.
Turua, v. n. to stand equal on both sides ; see tu and tua.
Turuarii, s. the name of a certaim feast and ceremony, when a human sacrifice was offered to Oro, and prayers made.
Turuhe, s. drowsiness, lethargy.
-- v.n. to be drowsy ; inclining to dullness.
Turui, s. a heap of stones ; see paepae.
-- s. a stone, or other thing, to lean against for support.
-- s. the name of a feast and certain ceremonies.
-- v.n. to lean against a thing ; see tuturi.
Turuiaparere, s. an assistant who has gone away.
Turuiaparai, s. a prayer for the paiatua, as certain heathen ceremonies were called.
Turuma, s. a place in the outside of the back part of the native houses, where all refuse was cast, a sort of dunghill ; but it was sacred, and no one ought to walk over it ; see tuuraa turuma.
Turuora, v. a. to save alive in time of war.
Tururi, v.n. to look aside, inattentively.
Tururû, v.a. to put off a thing as useless.
-- s. a frightful noise by the mouth to astound another.
-- v.n. to be put in fear by a startling noise.
-- s. a friendly support or defence.
-- v.n. to be helped by a taua or friend.
Turutootoo, s. (turutogotogo) a staff or a walking stick ; see tootoo.
Turuturu, s. the side posts of a house.
-- v. a. to help or assist repeatedly.
Tutâ, v.a. to carry on the hip.
Tutaa, s. the name of a native pahi, or large canoe.
-- s. a person noted for adultery.
Tutae, s. the excrements of any kind of animal.
Tutaeauri, s. the rust of iron, or any metal.
-- s. a name given to those who have been convicted of breaking the laws.
Tutaee, v. a. to carry or convey under the arm and above the hip.
-- s. the name of a ceremony for purifying from the polution of the dead ; burning for the dead, viz. the rubbish, &c., after the corpse was placed on a scaffold.
Tutaehautaua, s. the sudden impression made by the unexpected appearance of something formidable.
Tutaero, s. a blight of trees and plants, a disease of the bark, that generally kills them.
Tut&ahoroa, s. the road by which the spirits of the dead were supposed to go to the po.
Tutai, s. red clouds on the horizon ; also an expression in some of the heathenish prayers.
Tutaia, s. business ; see tere.
Tutaimarohea, s. a small portion, an insufficient quantity.
Tutaimaroea, s. a small quantity, as tutaimarohea.
tutaimaroiti, s. the same as tutaimarohea.
Tutairi, v.n. to appear and begone again presently.
Tutâivi, v. n. to carry the slain or wounded of the battle ; from tutâ to carry, and ivi.
Tutaivi, s. clouds as a sign of wind ; see tutai.
Tutaora, a. reproachful, scurrilous.
-- v.a. to repraoch, defame.
Tutapa, s. an abscess in the groin ; see tapa.
Tutaraai, s. a person that goes from place to place to eat what he can get.
Tutaraauaua, s. a species of cockroach.
Tutari, v. n. to lead or conduct; to move a bait backward and forward to induce an eel to come out of its hold ; to tempt, entice.
Tutariharupuu, s. the person who calls the players to come to the game haruraapuu.
Tataritaripo, v. a. to conduct away in the night.
Tutau, s. an anchor; see tiatau.
-- v. a. to cast anchor.
-- v. n. to lie at anchor ; te be steeping or lying in soak in the water ; to be sunk.
Tutautohe, s. laziness, inactivity.
-- v.n. to lie at anhor, as it were itting still, doing nothing.
Tutava, v. a. to pull the reverse way in order to go back with a boat.
-- s. the branch that grows on the side of the trunk.
-- s. the action of the male and female dogs in disengaging themselves.
Tutavae, s. war with all its evil consequences.
Tute, v.n. to push away, force away ; see taurai.
Tutê, a. having indications of near ripeness, appleid to plantains, and other fruits.
Tutei, v.n. to sit in a tottering unstable way; to slip or move from a place, to pass aside.
-- v.n. to be enlarged through eating or disease, applied to the belly.
Tutei, v.a. to touch slightly.
Tuteraimarama, s. the name of the god of the Meho, or fugitives of the mountains.
Tutere, s. a party ready for journeying.
-- v.n. to be consumed, as the inhabitants of a place; to be extirpated.
Tutetete, v.a. to push repeatedly ; to push one against another.
Tutii, s. an ancestor ; see tupuna ; a person that would rest any where rather than at home.
-- s. a carved image at the head of a canoe.
-- s. a sort of scaffold on which the warriors stood in a sea-fight.
Tutiifaea, s. a person that does not regard his home.
Tutiitahemoa, s. a name given to some of the inhabitants of Atehuru, on accouut of their niggardliness about fish.
Tutoa, s. a fabled monster and cannibal, said to exist at Tahiti in old times.
Tutoee, v. a. to be stepping aside, to be doing the reverse of what is required.
Totuoi, adv. superficially, slightly ; no proper foundation, as of an ill report.
Tutoia, adv. slightly, as puta tutoia, pierced or wounded slightly.
-- a. fallen away from a full habit ; see tuahê.
Tutoivi, a. lean, meagre.
Tutono, v.a. to send a messenger.
Tutonu, s. the name of a certain foolish game.
-- v.n. to look steadfastly.
Tutoo, s. a lasting cough ; the asthma.
-- a. to pull, or drag along; see puto.
-- v. a. to shove or push aside.
Tutou, s. the unexpected meeting of two hostile parties.
Tutu, s. the name of a tree.
-- s. a short pole on the top of a fishing net.
-- s. the name of a mode of fishing.
-- v. a. to beat the layers of bark with the cloth mallet, as the women do in cloth making.
-- v.a. to cook food by means of not stones.
-- v.a. to strike or beat; to express the juice from the mati berries, in order to die a scarlet colour.
Tutua, s. the beam on which the women beat the bark for cloth making.
-- s. a flea ; see tiatua.
Tutuaaau, s. the name of a small crab on the coral reef.
Tutuahura, s. fishing for the ahura fish.
Tutuamuri, s. an agreeable easterly wind.
Tutuarahonui, s. the name of a large spider.
Tutuaroa, v. n. to be ashamed, or abashed.
Tutuautara, v. n. to be about beginning.
-- v. n. to be not fixed or settled as to residence ; to stand aloof, having the wish to go, but not the means.
Tutuê, a. unstable ; having no proper root or foundation, on the mere surface.
Tutuha, v.n. to spit repeatedly ; see tuha.
Tutuhaa, v.a. to beat the bark for cloth making.
Tutui, v. a. to kindle fire ; to set fire to a thing.
-- s. the tiairi, or candle nut tree and nuts ; the aleurites triloba of the botanists.
Tutuifaraoa, s. the same as the tiairi.
Tutuifaruaa, s. the name of a running plant.
Tutuimaohi, s. the same as the candle nut.
Tutuiporo, s. the name of a feast.
Tutuiraihoa, s. the name of a heathenish prayer.
Tutuira, s. a name or word used in some of the old native songs.
Tutumatie, v.n. to stand up in a body ; to commence an action.
Tutumihamiha, v.a. to destroy and waste all before them, as the Tahitian warriors did.
Tuturi, s. the name of a fish.
-- s. a support to lean against; the stone against which the priest leaned in saying his prayers.
-- v.n. to lean upon, or against a thing.
-- v.a. to trust, or put confidence in a thing for support.
Tuturoropu. s. the midway ; see ropu.
-- adv. in the middle of the way.
Tuturu, s. a post, or prop for support.
-- v.a. to prop or support.
Tuturu, v. n. to drop, as rain from the roof of a house.
-- s. the fins of a shark.
Tuturumau, v.a. to place the foot so as to support one'self firmly.
Tuturumautaaiore, s. an unmoved foot ; also a bawling noisy woman.
Tuturuo, a. sullen, regardless.
Tututahauri, s. a certain mode of standing among bow-men, (a term of archery).
Tututu, s. the sickening smell of provisions.
Tutututu, s. the smell of baked hogs, and of other food, when in large quantities.
Tutuu, s. a bequest, legacy, or will ; also counsel or advice left by a dying person with friends or relations.
Tutuuraa, s. the bestowment of a legacy.
Tu'u, s. the name of a species of spider.
Tuu, v. a. (tuku) to let go ; dismiss ; to yield ; also to deliver, to set free.
Tuua past. par. with the adverb aita or aore, as aita i tuua, did not let go, yielded not, or continued what is mentioned or understood.
Tuuati, s. the dparture of the friends of a conquered party.
Tuumata, s. a spy.
Tauupiri, s. a puzzle, or enigma.
-- v.a. to put an enigma, or a puzzle, to try a person's skill.
Tuuraamariua, s. the name of a certain heathen ceremony ; see mariua.
Tuuraapahu, s. a part of some heathen ceremonies.
Tuuraaturuma, s. a place where the bodies of the dead were placed to be looked at.
Tuutuu s. a sort of spider.
Tuutuu, v.a. to slacken or ease a rope, &c., to give in or yield ; let go by little and little.
Tuutuuhua, s. a mode of attack with a war club.
Tuutuupiri, v. n. to give out puzzles.
Tuutuurea, s. a small body of messengers.
Tuutuuvea, s. a king's or chiief's messenger.
Tuutuutautai, s. the frequent use of the fishing net.
Tuvirivirimanu, s. a flock of birds ; see huihui.

U.

Ia letter of frequent occurrence in Tahitian, and is pronounced as the English u in the words bull, full, &c. and oo in moon.
U, s. the name for milk.
-- s. the breasts of any thing that gives milk.
-- v. n. to be damp, moist, or wet.
-- v.n. to touch, as a boat or ship on the rocks.
-- v.a. to meet for encounter ; to come face to face ; to face danger.
-- v.n. to prevail or conquer.
--  v. a. to run against a thing.
-- s. the name of a fish.
Ua, s. (uha, Malay ) rain.
-- s. a name given to the joining of the head to the body, the back of the neck.
-- v. n. to grow, sprout, or spring up.
-- v. a. to banish, expel, or drive away.
Uâ, s. a species of land crab.
Uâ, v.n. to scream ; to bray, applied to the ass.
Ua, a verb of being, or a prefix to verbs and adjectives, affirming the present existence of the quality, or that the act existed, or had taken place, but implying a former absence of the act or quality affirmed.
Uaa, v.n. to open and distend, as a flower, or the buds of trees and plants.
-- v.a. to divulge, tell, make known a thing.
Uai, v. n. to face about; to turn as a sick person.
Uama, v. a. to assuage, or lessen.
Uana, a. strong, forcible.
-- adv. strongly, forcibly, vehemently.
Uanana, adv. vigorously ; with renewed force.
Uanato, s. the remains of food at a feast.
-- v. n. to be glutted with much food.
Uanau, v.n. to grieve ; to emit a sound like a lizard.
Uao, s. the name of a bird.
Uara, s. the Hawaiian species of sweet potato ; see umara.
Uaroa, s. a species of cane used by archers.
Uau, s. a part of the yam, which is next to the surface of the ground.
-- v. a. to scrape off the skin or surface.
Uaua, s. a sinew, tendon, ligature ; a vein.
-- a. tough ; also clammy, ropy, as gum, &c.
-- s. the root called paauara.
Uauaai, s. a plant which grows in the mountains like the yam.
Uauariri, s. a violent ungovernable person
Ue. s. the last struggling breath of an animal.
-- v.n. to toss and move, as a dying person.
-- a. strong, impetuous, as a wave of the sea.
Uenia, s. the name of a bird.
Uere, s. a sort of black Tahitian cloth.
Uererairai, s. a species of thin native cloth.
Ueue, s. a person or thing that shakes any thing ; a sower of seeds, by shaking the hand.
-- v.a. to sow seeds by shaking the hand.
--  a. viscous, tough ; fig. strong, hard.
Ufa, s. a female of brutes, birds, fishes, &c.
-- a. a female in opposition to oni, a male ; moa ufa, a female fowl.
-- s. froth, foam ; a bubble.
-- v. n. to belch.
Ufafe, s. the name of a fish.
Ufao, v.a. tomortise, to dig or cut with a chisel.
-- v.n. to be corroding ; to be eating, as an ulcerous sore.
-- s. an instrument for making holes.
Ufarufaru, s. a mode of fishing.
-- s. a sort of ornamented cloth.
Ufatu, s. small lumps, pieces or fragments.
-- a. fine beeding, having the young of a good quality.
Ufatufatu, a. thick, stiff, as some pulpy mixture.
Ufaufa, s. the lungs of animals.
-- s. froth, foam.
Ufaufamaori, s. a barren woman, a hermaphrodite.
Ufaufamatoa, s. the same as ufaufamaori.
Ufaufatai, s. the froth of the sea.
Ufene, v. n. to be crammed, both cheks being full.
-- v. a. t press or squeeze ; to wring, such as a washed garment, to press out the water.
-- a. pinching, covetous, niggardly.
Ufenefene, v. a. to cram the mouth eagerly in eating ; to show great greediness.
Ufenia, a. glossed over with a fine speech while the real thing is concealed.
Ufeu, a. much, abundant.
ufeufeu, a. abundant in quantity.
Uha, s. a female of beasts, &c., see ufa.
Uha, v.n. te belch ; as ufa.
Uhauha, s. lungs, froth, foam.
Uhe, s. a name given to the wind when blowing from a certain quarter.
Uhi s. ufi, ui, ubi, Malay, ubi, also malagasse, ubi,) the general name of the yam.
-- s. an instument used in marking the skin.
-- s. shoots or suckers of taro, plantains, &c.
-- s. the name of a fish.
-- v.a. to dip the hand or any other thing in water or any liquid ; to rinse, or wash in water.
Uhiairi, s. a ceremony performed, when the navel string of a first born child was separated.
Uhipapa, s. a yam growing among the rocks, and so diffcult to obtain ; a steady warrior not easily mastered.
Uhu, s. the parrot fish of which there are several varieties.
Uhû, intj of wonder, or sudden surprize.
Uhu, s. a sort of suppressed laugh.
Uhumanma, s. a parrot fish caught by casting bread fruit to it from the mouth ; fig. applied to some means used to deceive a person.
Ui, s. a single woman who never had a child.
Ui, s. an age, season, generation ; see tau.
-- s. a ringing noise in the ear.
-- s. a grater, or rubber.
-- v.a. to grate, to rub.
-- v. a. to ask questions, to enquire.
-- s. a catechism, or a set of questions.
-- a. tough, unielding, obstinate.
Uiau, s. the upper covering of a house, &c.; the finishing of a thing or of an affair.
Uihi, s. the whistling of any thing that cuts the air ; also a light pleasant breeze.
Uihou, s. the young, or rising generation.
Uimatahoro, s. a young vigorous person.
Uini, v.n. to chirp, see ioio.
Uinia, a.superficial,slight,hasty.
Uioro, v. a. to grate, such as taro, potatoes, &c.
Uira, s. lightning.
-- v.n. to lighten ; see anapa, hoa.
Uiraa, s. catechising, questioning, the time or place of questioning.
Uirahoahoa, s. lightning round the edge of the horizon.
Uiramono, s. the frequent flashes of lightning in the evening, common about December.
Uiravaho, s. a mode of defence in the exercise of turaau.
-- s. a person from another country.
-- s. a sensation of excessive cold.
Uitari, v. a. to take the bunch of banana with the stem.
Uituamoa s. strong men.
Uiui, s. the name of a disease of the skin.
-- s. a company of women engaged in working cloth for a chief.
-- s. a person that is skilful in work.
-- a. delicate, affectedly nice as to food.
-- s. a bundle of mahi or of hoi ; see hoi.
-- v.a. to rasp, rub, or file repeatedly.
-- v.a. to ask questions repeatedly ; see ui.
Uma, s. a private sign, such as a pinch.
-- v. a. to make some secret sign, to pinch.
Umaa, s. business, office, occupation.
-- s. a bundle of mahi or hoi ; see ipo ; a roll or bundle done up slovenly.
-- s. a dress of cloth, such as the tihi.
Umaahiti, s. a man of two parties that cannot be trusted by either.
Umaairiiri, adv. carelessly, slovenly.
Umaamaa, s. a sort of native cloth.
Umaapiti, a. a person of two sides ; see umaahiti.
Umaatapau, v.a. to be in confusion.
Umae a. red, or reddish, applied to a hog.
Umamia, a. overbaked, as food.
Umamimami, v.n. to swallow down in haste.
Umaarua, s. the same as umahiti.
Umara, s.(kumara, uara, uala,) sweet potatoes.
Umati, s. cloth made of the mati ; or that is dyed scarlet.
Umauma, v. a. to pinch repeatedly ; see uma.
Ume, s. the fish called leather jacket.
-- v.a. to pull, draw, or drag a thing along.
-- v. a. to draw by persuasion.
Umehani, v.a. to draw or persuade an associate.
Umeneû, v.n. to be stunned by a violent blow.
Umenoû, a. a great in bulk or quantity.
Umeraro, v.n. to be submissive, obedient.
v. a. to put in the sea a range of leaves to be used as a fishing net ; see raoere.
-- v.a. to communicate something slyly.
Umere, s. a saying of praise in behalf of a place, or of a party.
-- v.n. to wonder, admire ; to vaunt over a thing.
Umereraa, s. a ceremony or custom used formerly on reviewing a fleetof canoes.
Umete, s. a wooden dish used for various purposes, but chiefly to hold food. Umeume, v. a. to pull repeatedly.
Umiumi, s. (kumihumi,) the beard.
Umiumihahehahe, s. the white billowsof the sea ; an undaunted warrior.
-- s. a person who has a young beard not come to maturity.
Umu, s. the native oven for baking food.
-- s. an ornament to a canoe.
-- v.a. to wring or press out any thing between the hands or fingers.
Umaua, v.a. to form into round balls.
Umuhonu, s. an oven in which a turtle is baking ; fig. something nice, delicate.
Umuhuti, s. an immense oven of ti ; a large quantity.
Umuna, s. a door way; see uputa.
Umunaro, v. n. to be on the point of death.
Umuumu, v. a. to squeeze with the hands or finger repeatedly.
-- s. wrath, great displeasure.
Unâ, s. a curaneous disorder.
-- adv. following an interrogation of affirmation as, Eahara una? What can it be? Oia ra una, it is that, though doubted, or even so.
Unaefaratea, v.n. to be speaking enticing words.
-- s. an unsettled person, one that cannot be depended upon.
Unahea, v.n. to be overworked in cooking fish.
Unahi, v. a. to scale a fish clean off the scales.
Unamata, a. fair faced, and that only.
Unania, s. the name of a sone god.
-- s. an instument used by the native surgeons.
Unauna, s. an ornament, a decoration ; also splendour or glory.
-- a. neat, decorated, ornamented ; splendid, glorious.
-- s. a party of women working for a chief ; see uiui.
Unaunafaaura, s. a fair outward appearance, but not so internally.
Unaunanohopapa, s. an image or tii.
-- s. a chief arioi ; also one that decorates himself and sits at rest ; a lazy coxcomb.
Unaunapaa, s. a fair exterior, and that the only good quality.
Unaunanunui, v. n. to be fair outwardly only.
Unaunaraupaa, s.external good appearance.
Unaunaraununui, s. outward good appearance and that only.
Unaunatere, s. the honour of travelling in company with a chief, and that only.
Unaunatupapa, s. the prettiness of a tree that grows on a rock, but a blast of wind blows it down ; fig. grandeur not wel founded.
Unaunaa, s. some large work cast off.
Unaunau, a. when the word is preceded by a negative, as eita e unaunau, it signifies heedless, not caring for family, &c.
Unênê, a. bloated out with fatness.
-- v.n. to be satiated.
Uneenee, v. a. to go humbly, and softly, to ask for food or property.
Unounoo, a. comely, fair, handsome.
Unu, s. a piece of carved wood put up in the marae on offering up a man.
-- s. the crest on a cock's head ; see repe.
-- v.n. to pass as a season, or an age ; to be over, or having ceased, as the wind.
Unuhi, v.n. to slip out; retire, or withdraw ; to depart, as the soul at death.
-- v.a. to draw out, as a knife from a case, a sword from a scabbard, &c.
-- v.n. to swoon.
Unuhiarei, v. n. to be departing or going out.
Unuhifarere, v.n. to go off entirely as at death.
Unuhitauritia, s. a sudden or instantaneous death.
Unuhitarere, s. the same as unuhifarere.
Unuma, v. n. to belong to a person in his own right.
Unumaa, s. the unu before the marae that has branches or divisions ; fig. one of two parties, as puaeapiti.
Unuunu, s. a restriction put to fishing on the coral reefs.
-- s. an ornament in the marae.
-- a. blated, hanging in collops.
Uo, a. white ; see uouo.
-- s. the external skin of the banana, of which was made a covering for the pauma, or kite.
Uoa, s. the name of a certain restriction on food, &c.; see rahui.
-- s. the brightness of noon ; the clear shining of the moon ; fig. a peaceable, placid, natural death.
-- a. level ; clear, without obstruction.
Uoahe, s. the sharp irregular edges of a split bamboo, which are dangerous.
Uomata, s. the ligatures attached to the eye.
Uoi, v. n. to be twisted or worked out of its proper position, as the edges that had been joined.
Uou, s. the name of a disease ; also a sprain, or twist of the foot.
-- v.n. to sink under a load , to be out of the due position ; to be made to halt, to be abashed.
Uouo, a. white ; see teatea.
Upa, v.n. to dance ; see ori.
Upâ, a. enfeebled, as the arms of an archer.
Upua, s. the liver; see paraia.
-- s. the name of a dark native cloth.
Upai, s. the name of an edible crab.
-- s. a certain mode of fishing.
Upapariirii, s. cloth made of many layers of the aute bark.
Upaparu, s. the name of a small fish.
Uparu, a. yellowish, or of a cream colour.
Uparurôru, s. a hog that will soon repay its owner for its feeding.
Upaupa, the name of a mountain bird.
Upaupa, s. a play, diversion, music and dancing ; any game or amusement. There are a great number of diversions that go under the name of upaupa, such as upaupa hura, upaupa mâû, upaupa mahamaha, upaupa otooto, upaupa pararaa, upaupa pehu pehu, upaupa poopootati, puaupa rohi pehe, upaupa tia raau, &c.
-- v.a. to play the upaupa of any kind.
Upaupahura, s. the dance that was accompanied by the regular drum beating.
Upaupa, s. the noisy diversion of beating the bamboo called ihara.
Upaupatumuore, s. the name of a parasitic plant.
Upea, s. (kupenga,) a net, a fishing net.
Upeamatatiri, s. a net with small meshes.
Upehepehe, s. the name of a play ; see upaupa.
Upehepehe, s. collops of fat on the ribs.
Upepe, v.a. to add one thing to another as articles of property ; see tapepe.
-- a. wet, or moist as cloth.
Uperu, s. a small bundle of cloth; see auperu.
-- v. a. to fold up, make a bundle.
Upepe, s. hanging collops that appear unsightly ; see fatifati.
-- a. filthy, unsightly.
Upoo, s. (upoko, pao,) the human head, the head of a party ; see afii, omii.
Upooaha, s. an office.
Upooaura, s. the quietness of peace.
Upoofaito, s. a government of equal heads, that is, all on a level.
Upoomaa, s. one that makes it his business to seize what he can wherever he can find it.
Upoopua, s. a sort of turban used by warriors.
Upootia, s. a conqueror, one whose head is up.
Upootu, s. the same as upootia.
Upoupo, a. ugly, ill favoured ; also dissatisfying.
Upu, s. a prayer.
-- s. a set of prayers addressed to the gods by the priest and others; also a prayer addressed by the sorcerers to their tiis or demons, for some evil purpose.
-- v.n. to repeat such an upu or prayer.
Uputa, s. (upuka) a doorway, entrance.
Uputara, s. a prayer or imprecation of a sorcerer to procure evil.
Ura s. red feathers formerly sacred to the gods.
-- s. a blaze, a flame of fire.
-- v. n. to blaze, applied to fire.
-- a. red ; see uteute.
Uraaha, s. the name of an idolatrous ceremony, which was performed before engaging in war.
Uraepaepa, s. a name used by the priest in performing the ceremonies of the uhi airi. Taking a young chief in his arms he would call out, "Uraepaepa!  Urahiihii!  Uramoemoe."
Uraepatetere, s. the name of an idolatrous prayer.
Urâêva, s. a restless person who can settle no where.
Uraeva, a. proud, haughty.
Uamarea, s. yellow feathers, used for the gods in the absence of red ones.
Uraraununui, s. a name given to the king.
Urarei, a. sorrowful, comfortless.
Urataetae, s. the name of a god that presided over all the upaupas, &c.
-- s. the yellow feathers of the uupa.
Urateni, s. a chief person.
Urateo, s. a form of attach with the native club.
Uraura, a. red, of a reddish colour.
Ure. s. (ue,) the penis of all males.
Urea, a. yellow, yellowish with age.
Urepo, s. a native cloth coloured dark, by the mire of some bog ; see repo.
Urepuaa, a. knotty, as the strand of a rope.
Urere, s. the name of a species of yam.
Ureure, s. a sort of fish called the sea snail.
-- s. the destitute poor.
Ureuretiamoana, s. the water spout.
Ureuretumoana, s. the same as ureuretiamoana.
Urî, s. (kuri, kuli, uli,) a dog.
-- s. the pilot fish.
-- a. (uli,) discolored ; dark, or blackish.
-- v.n. to be of a good and clear impression, as the leaf of a book.
Uriaiava, s. a seal or sea calf ; see humí.
Urie, s. the name of a fish, when well grown it is uriuri.
Urifa, s. the name of a fish.
-- s. the rank smell of the sea beach.
Urio, s. the name of a little running vine.
-- s. the name of a fish ; see urie.
Uriiore, s. a cat; see iore.
Uripania, s. a good fighting dog.
Uripiifare, s. a cat; see piifare.
Uriti, s. the name of a bird.
-- s. a stone thrown from a sling.
Uriuri, s. the full grown urio fish.
-- s. the smell that attaches to a person that handles some kinds of fish.
Uru, s. (ulu,) the general name of the bread fruit tree and fruit (arto carpus); see maiore. There are at Tahiti between 20 and 30 species, and as many names.
-- s. a thicket of wood ; also of coral in the sea.
-- s. the human skull; see apu roro.
-- v.a. to level the stonesin a native oven.
-- v.n. to pass away, as a season.
-- v.n. to enter. as a ship into a harbour.
Ûrû, v. n. to be inspired, as the pretended Tahitian prophets ; to beunder the influence of some uncommon feeling.
Urua, s. the cavally fish ; see urupiti, pa[a]ehere.
-- s. the native pillow.
-- s. the too or body of a god when wrapped up
Uruai, v.a. to take refuge under the wings of another.
Uruairaa, s. a place of shelter or rest.
Uruamataono, s. an intrepid, fast swimming fish ; fig, a bold, dauntless warrior.
Uruana, s. a mass of coral in the sea ; see ana to grate ; fig. a dangerous place.
Uruaofefeu, s. a pillow for a god.
Uruauhune, s. the harvest, or the season of plenty of uru, about January.
Urufara, s. a grove of the pandanus.
Uruhi, s. a thicket that is not passable ; a mass of branching coral in the sea.
-- s. an ugly, scabby disease.
Uruhia, v. p. inspired ; see taûra.
Uruhoa, s. a violent head ache ; see hoa.
Urumatai, s. a sudden gust of wind.
Urunui, s. a large crop of bread fruit.
Urupa, s. a thicket; see uruhi.
-- s. a violent wind ; the calamities of war.
-- a. of quick growth.
Urupae, s. a border, or that which is on the edge or side.
Urupaipai, s. a roasted breadfruit beaten soft between the hands; breadfruit prepared for what is called poeveo.
Urupani, s. an idolatrous prayer offered for a sick person.
Urapao, s. breadfruit injured by the operation of pao, or bruising the bark.
Urupiipii, s. destruction, calamity.
Urupiri, s. a close thicket.
Urupiti, s. the cavally fish ; see urua.
Urupoo, s. the name of certain prints or tatau on the back of a person.
Urupu, s. the same as urupiti.
-- s. young breadfruit; see pu ; also large branches.
-- v.n. to have a sight of the land when drawing near at sea.
Urupua, s. the patches of large and thick coral in the sea.
Urupuaa, intj. an exclamation to a person that is greedy to get another's food, though his own lies before him.
Urupuupuu, s. disturbances, emmotion.
Urutia, v.a. to take off a restriction ; see rahui.
Uruuru, a. rough, unsightly ; also cross grained, as timber.
Uruuruava, s. a prayer before the marae, for the purpose of obtaining children.
Uruururauava, s. the same as uruuruava.
Uruvao, s. the trees or forests in the upper part of the valleys.
Uta, s. the shore, or land, in opposition to tai, the sea ; the parts towards the interior.
Uta, v.n. to be carried or conveyed by water.
-- v.n. to be suspended ; see faauta.
-- v.a. to carry, to take by water.
Utaa, s. to burden or load of a vessel.
-- s. what is committed to the charge of a person, whether property or persons.
Utai, v. n. to be wet with salt water.
Utami, s. the name of an obscene dance of females.
-- v.n. to dance obscenely.
Utamitami, v. n. to act the utami repeatedly.
Utari, s. to follow after a person.
Utaru, s. the same as utari and peeutari.
Utaru, v.a. to dig or grub up the ground ; to soften the ground by digging, breaking up clods, &c.
Utarutaru, v.a. to dig the earth repeatedly.
Utatau, s . little yams that grow on the vines.
Utau, s. a nurse, a wet nurse.
-- v. a. to nurse by giving suck.
Utautau, s. a sort of basket, or net for eels.
Utavitavi, s. a most obscene dance of males.
-- v.n. to dance the utavitavi.
Utê, s. a song or ditty used by the natives.
-- v. a. to sing the utê ; to dance to the utê.
Ute, a. red ; see ura and uraura.
Utehu, a. swoilen, applied to the lips.
-- v.n. to be affected with anger.
Utere, v. a. to rasp, or scrape off the skin of a bread fruit, &c.
Uteretere, v. a. to rasp, or scrape repeatedly.
Uteute, a. red, or scarlet coloured.
Utiuti, s. a motley sky, a sign of a calm.
Uto, s. a cocoanut in a state of vegetation.
Utoa, v. a. to take up water with a sponge.
Utoo, v. n. the same as above.
Utotia, s. a contemptuous name for a mean person.
Utou, v. a. to take up water with a cloth or sponge.
Utoutou, v. a. to stain cloth with mati ; see mati ; to besmear the face with scarlet colour.
Utu, s. the lip, bill of a bird , edge of a thing.
-- s. the long snout of certain fishes.
-- s. the hair from the head of a slain enemy, that was taken to the marae ; the first person that fell at the commencement of hostilities.
-- s. (ugutu, kutu, Malay, kutu,) a louse.
-- s. a present to visitors, as a token of peace.
Utua, s. (utu) a reward, compensation, wages ; the payment either of merit or demerit, penalty or reward.
Utuafare, s. a peron's own home or house ; also the family or household of a person.
Utafarerau, s. a person of unsettled residence.
Utuahia, v. p. rewarded, recompensed.
Utuarau, s. manifold rewards or punishments.
Utuâura, a. a lazy person ; also abstemious.
Utuaura, a. thin, lank.
Utuhi, s. the name of a heathenish prayer.
-- v.a. to dip into the water ; to rinse.
Utuitui, v.a. to thump with the hand, or butt with the elbow; to press under ; see atui.
Utumehameha, s. grimaces of the lips.
Utupaa, s. a disease of the lips.
-- s. the name of a certain ceremony and feast.
Utupeepee, s. perverse lips, the lips of a scold.
Utupehepehe, s. a woman that is an adept at hte native pehe or song.
Uturairai, s. a scold, mischief making lips.
Ututaa, s. forwardness, perverseness.
Utuutu, s. an attendant on the sick.
-- v. a. to attend and nurse the sick.
--  a. powerful, strong, applied to the voice.
Uu, s. a species of the muscle shell fish ; the shell used by the women in dressing their mats, splitting the leaves, &c.
--  s. a disease of the limbs like the rheumatism.
-- v.n. to be dauntless, intrepid.
Uuairao, s. a species of pigeon.
Uuao, s. a species of snail found on the leaves of the mountain plantain.
Uuene, s. one who supplies the place of another.
Uuhiva, s, barnacles, such as grow on ships and logs of wood, when long in the water.
Uui, v.a. to rub or polish a canoe, umete, &c.
Uumi, v. a. to strangle ; to force a woman against her will, stopping her mouth, &c.
Uumu, v.a. to squeeze, as water out of a sponge, &c.
Uumu, v.n. to clench the fist.
Uuoopiri, v.a. to take, with a muscle shell, drops of gum from wounded trees; such as the ati, uru, &c.
Uupa, s. a sort of pigeon.
Uupaparuru, s. one who assists another.
Uuratamafaarere, s. friendless orphans.
-- s. a species of taro, of which the young shoots grow at a distance from the main root ; fig. the first born of a family, because he was sacred, and separated from the rest.
Uuratamahere, s. a species of taro, the young shoots of which grow quite thick about the main root ; fig. a parent with a numberous offspring ; a king with many attached
to him.
Urur, v.n. to groan as in pain ; to grunt.
Uutaina, v.n. to flow mightily, as a river, to rush on eagerly ; to long or wish eagerly for the possession of some chief.
Uutu, s. a word used by drukards ; uutu iti, a little more.
Uuvao, s. a snail ; see uuao.
Uvao, s. the name of a fish, called also aho, nape, pirovaha.
Uvaravara, s. a thin sort of native cloth.
Uvavi, s. a deceiver, one who obtains food by deceitful stories.
Uvavia, s. unripe fruit, plantains, &c.; see vavia.
Uvavivavi, s. one who frequently practises deceit to obtain food.
Uverevere, s. the same as uvaravara.
Uvihi, s. a light whistling of the wind.
-- v.n. to whistle, or sound as a light wind.
Uvira, s. lightning ; see uira.
Uviravira, s. lightning, when frequent.
-- v. n. to lighten; sea anapa.

V

BEGINS  the following words, and has its usual power and sound.
Va, s. the space between the edges of the layers of thatch on the Tahitian houses.
-- s. the rushing down of the rain that comes suddenly and is soon over.
Vaa, s. (vaka, waka ; Fiji, vanka,) the native canoe.
Vaahara, s. a superior canoe, with one end a small bluff round.
Vaahiva, s. all the people with in the prescribed limits of the Island, or district.
Vaamaihi, s. a small canoe made sharp at both ends.
Vaamataeinaa, s. a division of the land owners.
Vaamoemoe, s. a sacred canoe.
Vaatamai, s. a war canoe.
Vaatipaeama, s. a single canoe.
Vaatipaeati, s. a double canoe.
Vaati, s. affliction.
Vaavaevae, s. persons who go on foot during a journey, and do not use water conveyance.
Vae, s. the timbers of a boat or ship ; the small rafters of a fareoa, or little house, made with a top like the cover of a wagon.
-- v.a. to share out, or divide food, &c.
Vaea, s. a state of peace and plenty.
Vaehaa, s. a share or portion.
-- s. a place ; see vahi.
Vaere, v. a. to weed, to clear the ground.
Vaeremarae, v.a. to clear the marae, remove rubbish, and make the place decent.
Vaeremarae, s. the name of an idolatrous ceremony at the marae.
Vaero, s. the extremities, as feet, hands, &c. which in death are sometimes drawn up and darted down again suddenly.
Vaerua, v. a. to divide into two shares.
Vaevae, s. the leg and foot ; see avae.
-- s. the moon ; moonlight ; see avae.
-- v. a. to divide repeatedly ; see vae.
Vaevaearo, s. a division of an army.
-- s. small drizzling rain.
Vaha, s. (waha, vaa,) the mouth.
Vahaava, s. the mouth of a harbour.
Vahaino, s. a person that puts all into consternation before he knows the truth of an occurrence.
Vahaioore, s. a mouth that boasteth great things, but performs nothing.
Vahaiti, s. a whisperer that breeds mischief.
Vahamana, s. a powerful pleader.
Vahamaniania, s. a clamorous person that speaks to little purpose.
Vahamariri, s. one that takes not the trouble to get his own food cooked, but lives upon others.
Vahamona, s. an idle talker to cause laughter ; a sweet mouth to deceive.
Vahanavenave, s. a jocular person, or speech.
Vahapaari, s. a betrayer of secrets, one that tells all the he hears.
Vahapaari, v. a. to divulge secrets.
Vahapaoa, s. one that feels a disappointment.
Vahapape, s. a flattering mouth, a flatterer ; also flattery, deceit.
-- v.a. to use flattery to gain an end.
Vahapiropiro, s. a foul mouth, either as to breath or speech.
Vahapapâ, s. one that speaks indiscreetly.
Vahapapee, s. an angry person that has no control over his tongue.
Vaharau, s many spokesmen ; a person that is inconsistent, speaking various ways.
Vaharua, s. a person of two mouths, who has two interests, and two ways of speaking, and cannot be trusted.
Vahataoa, s. one who gets property by means of his mouth, or speaking.
Vahautuutu, s. a person that speaks with energy.
Vahavaha, s. contempt, disregard.
-- v. a. to esteem lightly ; treat with contempt ; despise.
Vahavai, s. a person of soft flattering speech ; a flatterer ; flattery ; fawning.
-- v. n. to use words of flattery.
Vahi, s. a place ; a part or portion.
-- v.a. to open, to split ; see afa.
Vahia, s. a person that is an object of hatred and enmity, though he may not be an enemy.
Vahiavai, s. a disturber ; sower of sedition.
-- v.a. to break the waters ; but used figuratively for commencing hostilities in the time of war.
Vahie, s. fuel, fire wood.
Vahieroa, s. the name of a god.
Vahine, s (wahine, vaine, fifine,) a woman.
Vahineravarava, s. a dark compleioned woman ; also a tall handsome woman.
Vahinereureuamoa, s. the name of a goddess.
Vahinetaiata, s. a very vile, wanton woman ; see taiata, faaturi.
Vahinetiai, s. a wanton woman.
Vahineuturairai, s. a scolding woman.
Vahiupoo, s. a violent head ache ; see hoa.
Vaho, adv. & prep. out, outside, not inside see rap[a]e.
Vai, pron. who? as, ovai? who? ia vai? by whom? with whom? see ovai.
Vai, v.n. to be; to remain or abide.
-- v.a. to place, to deposit.
Vai, s. (wai,) water; see the modern pape.
Vaiafa, s. the breaking of water, opening the flood gates ; but fig. commencing hostilities, signified by the terms vai afa, vai amaha, vahi vai, and vahia vai.
Vaiaha, s. the same as vaiafa, &c.
Vaiaia, s. distant, applied to a relation.
Vaianui, s. the name of a medicinal plant.
Vaiata, s. the name of a species of taro.
-- s. a morning bath ; a phrase used by the arioi, who bathed early in the morning; see ata, atahiata.
Vaiatatia, s. living water ; water that continues to run.
Vaiatea, v. n. to be distant ; see atea.
Vaiateate, s. pure, clear water.
Vaieri, s. water that encroaches on the land, undermining some part of it.
Vaiehu, v.n. to be resolute in facing danger.
Vaieru, s. the same as vaieri.
Vaifaaí, s. water that gathers from different quarters in the time of great rain.
Vaifau, s. a land newly cleared, a rich soil.
-- s. a thing that is become natural or customary to a person.
Vaihaaoro, s. a place where there is an eddy.
Vaihanana, s.streams that leave their proper channels.
Vaihaono, s. implacability.
Vaiharo, s. the juice of fruits ; also gravy of meat.
Vaihauri, s. water that smells disagreeably.
Vaihoe, v.n. to remain single or solitary.
Vaihapuna, s. a pool ; a water spring.
Vaiiho, v. a. to lay, place, or put a thing in a certain palce ; to leave a thing in its place ; to leave off ; to let alone.
Vaiihoiho, v. imp. let it be, let it alone, let it remain, or abide where it is, or as it is.
Vaiihohia, v. p. left, placed, left remaining.
Vaimato, s. water from a rock.
Vaiohana, s. a species of taro.
Taiooina, s. water that rushes violently in its course.
Vaiopiripiri, s. little streams among craggy rocks.
Vaiopuopu, s. scanty water not convenient for bathing.
Vaipa, s. food soon cooked; also a small quantity for a large party.
Vaipararaau, s. a flood that brings down large trees.
Vaipihaa, s. water that bubbles up ; spring water.
Vaipiharau, s. water that has many spring heads.
Vaipoea, s. bad water, with animalcles, &c.
Vaipuna, s. the same as vaipihae.
Vaipupu, s. small pools of water in the beds of rivers in the dry season.
Vaipurau, s. a species of white taro.
Vairaherahe, s. water full of animalcules.
Vairau, s. a warrior that has survivied many battles.
-- s. the place of a thing.
Vaireru, s. disturbed thick water.
Vaireva, s. a place encrusted over in a bog, but dangerous to tread upon.
Vairipo, s. a whirlpool, a vortex.
Vairoiroi, s. smooth water, unruffled by the wind ; fig. profound peace.
Vairua, s. (wairua, vaarua,) the sould or spirit.
Vaitaeae, s. cousins, distant relations.
Vaitahu, s. a basket of fara leaves.
Vaitaitai, s. brackish water.
Vaitaoro, s. a coacoanut when nearly ripe.
Vaitapohe, s. water drained off, as of a fish pond ; fig. warriors, such as the guard of the country.
Vaitavae, s. freshness caused by a journey, new clothes, &c.
Vaite, s. the soul or spirit ; see varua.
Vaitonino, s. still water.
Vaitumu, s. water that has a good source.
Vaivai, s. the name of a native cloth.
Vaivai, v.n. to remain a little, abide a short interval.
Vaivaihaua, s. the name of a species of native cloth.
Vaiu, s. milk ; also milk mixed with water.
Vaiuretehe, s. a disorder caused by the native custom of tehe, which see.
Vaivaitaurua, s. the name of a feast and ceremony of the arioi and other players ; called also vaivaitaupiti.
Vana, s. the name of a small fish with rough and prickly skin ; the sea egg.
-- s. the name of a marine plant.
Vanaa, s. an orator, one fluent of words.
-- s. an oration, see orero ; counsel, advice.
Vanaanaa, s. eloquent speeches.
-- v.n. to think with anxiety ; see mihimihi.
Vanavana, a. rough, ragged, unpolished.
-- s. a sensation felt when something disagreable touches the body, as a worm crawling, &c.
Vane, s. an ornament made of feathers ; also a fine mat usually given to the gods.
Vanevane, s. the toes; see manimani.
-- s. red feathers fastened to pieces of sinnet, and used for the gods.
-- a. clear, as the air or sky.
Vao, s. the extrremities of the inland valleys.
-- s. a rustic or clown ; see taemo.
Vaoa, v.a. to interpose, to separrate contending parties.
Vaoataua, s. a peace maker.
Vaomaua, s. an ignorant person not used to society.
Vaoru, s. a thing on which the mind is set.
Varavara, a. thin, scattered, not close together.
Vare, v.n. to be deceived ; see haavare.
-- s. the matter of a diseased eye.
Varea, v. n. to be drowsy ; overtaken with sleep.
Varepuai, s. the name of a fine thin cloth.
Vari, s. earth, mud, dirt, filth of any kind.
-- s. blood discharged from the body.
-- v.n. to be dirtied, befouled.
Varihia, v. n. to be smeared with mire or dirt.
Varo, s. a species of lobster.
-- s. a sort of snare ; a loop ; see haavaro.
-- v. a. to ensnare with the varo.
-- s. the loop formed at the end of a rope.
Varovaro, s. the vibrations of sound on the ear, or of scents on the organ of smellings.
-- s. a voice heard without seeing the person.
Varu. a. (valu, vau,) eight in counting.
-- s. the name of a fish.
-- v a. to shave ; to bark a tree; to scrape.
Varua, s. (sairua, vairua, verua, and also vaitiite) the soul or spirit.  The old Tahitian word seems to have been vairua, which is still retained in some islands.
Varuamaitai, s. the Holy Ghost, the Holy Spirit.
Varuaiore, s. not the ghost of a rat, as the words seemto signify, but the squeaking of rats and mice ; and fig. the noise of childen and others, talking in sleep.
Vata, s. an opening, space or rent.
-- v.n. to be separate, with a space between.
Vau, pron first person singular, I.
-- a. eight, see varu, avaru.
-- v.a. to shave, to bark a tree.
Vaaau, s. a receptacle; see vauvau.
Vautiti, s. a mode of cutting the hair in various figures.
-- v. n. to be burnt, as the mountains, when the grass is set on fire.
Vauvau, s. a receptacle ; see farii.
-- v. a. to spread grass or leaves on the ground ; to grass the floors of native houses.
-- v. n. to stand in readiness with a spear, waiting an antagonist.
Vava, s. a species of the locust.
-- s. a species of taro.
--  s. an ominous hog ; when put on the altar, the ears appeared as if listening ; this was reckoned a bad omen.
--  s. the sound or noise of wind and rain, or the agitation of water at a distance.
-- v. n. to make a oise as rain, wind, or water.
-- a. dumb, unable to speak plainly.
-- s. a mute person.
Vavae, v.n. to make way, as a ship through the sea, or a person pushing through a crowd.
Vavahi, v.a. to split, to cleave or break a thing.
Vavahimatarua, v.a. to begin, as the wrestlers.
Vavai, s. the native cotton.
Vavaipapaa, s. the foreign cotton.
Vavao, s. an interposer between hostile parties.
-- v. a. to interpose between contending parties ; to separate combatants.
-- s. a cocoanut that has no water in it ; also ovaovao.
Vavara., s. a sort of chalky earth, or pipe clay, found in some places.
-- s. a white substance found in the sea.
Vave, adv. soon, shortly, quickly, ere long.
Vavea, s. a high towering wave of the sea.
Vaverua, v. a. to contend, or war with equal violence, neither side gaining.
Vavevave, adv. quickly, nimbly ; very soon.
Vavi, a. idle, unfounded, spoken of a tale.
-- adv. unadvisedly, rashly, without sufficient foundation. Vavia, s. young fruit, plantain, uru, &c.
-- a. green, unripe, as breadfruit, or mountain plantains.
Vavimânâ, s. a proverbial expression from the name of a place in Raiatea, where the people were noted for speaking at random ; unadvised speaking.
Vavivavi, a. clammy, viscous, glutinous.
-- s. a person that is liberal, and ready to give.
Ve, a prefix to pronouns and adjectives, as vetahi, one, some one ; vetoofanu, some, some few.
Vea, s. a messenger, see arere.
-- s. a burning, conflagration ; see vera.
-- v.n. to burn, to be scalded or scorched.
Veavea, s. heat, as the sun, or from a fire.
Vehe, v.a. to divide, or separate.
Vehea, v.p. parted, separated.
-- s. the thing that is parted or separated.
-- s. a court, or place laid out decently, in the front of a native house ; see mahora.
Veheraa, s. separation ; parting, or partition.
-- v.n. to be made hot.
Vehî, s. a case, sheath, or covering.
-- v. a. to case or cover a thing.
-- v. a. to make a thing into a bundle, and tie it up.
Vehiiamoea, s. property taken to a god.
Vei, a. strong, well formed.
-- v.n. to be deprived, brought low ; to be extinct, as a family.
Veo, s. copper or brass.
-- s. a species of taro.
-- s. a sort of food.
Veoveo, s. an unpleasant smell, as of urine.
Venu, s. the threads that are woven into a mat.
Venua, s. land ; see fenua.
Vera, s. fire, a general conflagration, as when a mountain is on fire.
-- v.n. to be burnt, scalded, or scorched.
-- a. hot, very warm, feverish.
-- a. cooked, or hot, applied to food.
-- pron. they, dual or plural.
Veravera, a. hot, very warm or hot.
Vere, s. oakum to caulk a vessel with.
Verevere, a. thin, guaze like ; see varavara.
-- s. the eye lids ; and lately a name given to the female pudenda.
Verei, s. the centipede.
Veri, s. a deep place a place that is unsightly
-- s. great abundance of food, &c.
Veriverihiva, a. of various colours.
Vero, s. a storm or tempest; fig. great rage.
-- s. part of the head dress of the parae.
-- v. a. to dart, or throw a spear.
-- v.a. to push off a canoe into the water.
-- v.n. to raise up th hand and arm.
Verofa, s. a sort of dart ; see fa.
Verohuri, s. a violent storm.
Veromatautaru, s. some great calamity.
Veroraafa, s. the name of a game in which darts are thrown at a mark.
Verovero, v. n. to twinkle, as the stars.
Veru, s. gain, profit, advantage ; see faufaa.
Verua, s. the sould or spirit; see varua.
Veruveru, a. stale, nasty, offensive in smell.
-- s. profit, possessions; see veru
-- s. benefit, advantage.
Vetahi, rel, pron, one, some one ; any one.
Vatahiê, pron. another, a different person.
Vete, s. the name of a fish remarkable for tumbling.
Vetea, v.p. separated, parted ; untied.
Veu, s. downy hair ; a woolly kind of hair ; a sort of fringe on the border of a garment.
-- s. the downy hair of a dog.
-- v. n. to have a downy or shaggy border.
Veue. s. a stranger.
Veutupu, s. a neighbour ; as taatatupu.
Veuveu, s. the fag-end ; the untwisted end of a rop ; the woolly surface of a thing.
-- a. worthless, disgusting.
Veve, a. bare, poor, destitute, ragged, ill attired.
-- v.n. to be in want, having no property.
Vevete, v. a. to separate, divide, lay open.
Vevetehia, v.p. opened, separated.
Vevo, s. echo ; see pinai.
-- v.n. to echo.
Vevovevo, v.n. to echo repeatedly.
Vi, s. the Tahitian yellow apple tree and fruit.
-- s. a sound inthe ear.
-- v.n. to be subdued, brought under ; to have a sound in the ear.
Vihî, s. a wrapper ; see vehí.
Vihivihi, s. a mode of casting a stone from a sling.
Viivii, s. defilement, pollution.
Viivii, a. defiled, polluted ; corrupt, impure.
-- s. umpurity, corruption.
Viiviitai, s. a light spray of the sea.
Vini, s. voluble, ready of speech.
Vini, s. the name of a small paroquet.
Vinipaura, s. a species of the vini, of which there are several varieties distinguished by colour, as vinipauri, vinitea, vinitete, vinirehu, and vinipapaa.
Vinitunupaa, s. roasted vini, but signifying something rare and delicious.
Vinivini, v. n to be smarting, as form the lash of a whip.
-- v. n. to make a smacking noise in eating ; see haavini.
-- v.n. to speak with ease and volubility.
Vio, a. knotty, as the strands of a rope.
Viri, s. the front rank of an army.
-- v. a. to lash up, to furl a sail ; to roll some cloth round a corpse.
Viriaa, v. n. to withdraw ; to separate and join another party ; to be alienated.
Viriaro, s. the front of the battle.
Viriviri, s. an ornament of a native canoe, also an appendage of a marae.
Virua, s. the spirit, as varua.
Viruviru, a. neat, decent.
Vruvirua, s. the stamina of speech ; also the relative affinities of persons.
Vita, a. tied, well tied, fast bound.
Vitahi, pron. some one ; see vetahi.
Vitahie, pron. another.
Vitiviti, a. well set, clever, neat, well finished.
-- v.n. to smack the tongue.
Viu, a. burnt, as food overdone, in roasting, frying, &c.
-- v.n. to be scorched by the fire.
Vivi, s. a grasshopper.
-- s. the beginning of a retreat of a party engaged in war.
-- s. the spray of the sea.
Vivivivi, v.n. to chirp.
Vivo, s. the Tahitian nasal flute.
Vivovivo, v.n. see vinivini.
THE END.



TAHITI:


PRINTED AT THE LONDON MISSIONARY SOCIETY'S PRESS--1851.


APPENDIX.

CONTAINING A LIST OF FOREIGN WORDS USED IN THE
TAHITIAN BIBLE, IN COMMERCE, ETC., WITH THE SOURCES
FROM WHENCE THEY HAVE BEEN DERIVED.


   N.B.--The small italic letter indicate the derivation : gr. Greek ; heb. Hebrew ; eng. English ; lat. Latin, fr. French, &c : The dash following a word signifies that it is of the same derivation as the one preceding it.

A.

Abuso, gr an abyss.
Adama, heb a Sardine and Sardis.
Aeto, gr an eagle.
Afa, eng half.
Agemana, heb a caldron.
Ahei, -- a bull rush.
Aheleme, -- an amethyst.
Ahelima, -- lign aloes.
Aileta sahara, -- Aijelith sharah.
Aili, -- the hart or hind.
Akaride, gr the locust.
Akera, end an acre.
Alabata, -- alabaster.
Alamuga, heb the almug tree.
Alamota, -- alamoth.
Ale, -- an oak.
Alegoria, gr an allegory.
Aletasehita, heb Altaschith.
Aloe, -- aloes.
Alone, gr a threshing floor.
Alope, -- a fox.
Aluna, heb an oak.
Amene, -- amen.
Anatema, gr anathema.
Anatole, --- East.
Aneke, heb a ferret.
Anephe, -- the heron.
Aneto, gr anise.
Aposetolo, -- an apostle.
Arabe, heb a locust.
Arenio, gr a lamb.
Arezi, heb the cedar.
Ario, gr silver.
Arobe, heb a willow.
Arote, gr a plough.
Aruna, heb an ark, chest.
Aseka, -- wounded testicles.
Asema, -- a trespass offering.
Asepi, eng an asp.
Asini, gr an ass.
Auro, -- gold.
Azazela, heb a scape goat.
B.

Bakete, eng a bucket.
Bapetizo, grbaptise.
Barada, heb hail.
Basileia, br a kingdom.
Bato, heb a bath, a measure.
Bedila, -- tin.
Behemota, -- Behemoth.
Beka, -- Bekah.
Beluni, -- nuts.
Beme, heb cattle.
Berabeio, gr prize, crown.
Bereketa, heb carbuncle.
Berusi, -- fir.
Boti, eng a boat.
Bovi, heb an ox, oxen.
Buka, eng a book.
D.

Daba, heb a bear.
Dae, heb a vulture.
Darabana, -- a goad.
Debure, -- a bee.
Deheni, -- millet,
Demoni, gr a devil.
Denari, -- a penny.
Dia, -- Jupiter.
Diabolo, -- the devil.
Diakono, -- a deacon.
Diluvi, lat deluge.
Dudaima, heb mandrakes.
Dukipata, -- the lapwing.
E.

Ehideni, gr a viper.
Ekalesia, gr a church.
Enemi, eng an enemy.
Epaoidoi, gr magicians.
Epha, heb an ephah.
Ephoda, heb an ephod.
Episekopo, gr a bishop, overseer.
Episetole, -- an epistle.
Etene, -- heathen.
Euhari. -- the Lord's Supper.
Euhe, gr. a vow.
Evanelia, -- the Gospel.
F.

Febera, eng fever.
Faraoa, -- flour.
Feraipani, -- frying pan.
G.

Geda, heb coriander.
Gehena, gr Hell.
Gima, heb a bull rush.
Gitita, -- Gittith.
Goela, -- kinsman.
Gopheri, -- brimstone.
Gubi,-- the great grasshopper.
H.

Hade, gr the grave, hell.
Hairesi, -- division.
Halikedoni, -- chalcedony.
Hamera, eng a hammer, also a blacksmith.
Hanere, eng a hundred.
Hapaina, -- a glass tumbler.
Hatete, eng a jacket.
Hebere, heb a charmer.
Hebedoma, gr. a week.
Hedesa, heb a myrtle.
Helebe, heb cheese.
Helebena, heb Galbanum.
Heleda, -- a weasel.
Heleni, gr Greek, Greece, a Grecian.
Hemera, heb pitch.
Herema, -- a flat nose.
Herusoparasa, gr chrisophrasis.
Heruza, heb a threshing instrument.
Hesede, heb a stork.
Hesemala, -- amber.
Hesene, -- a breast plate.
Hetimi, -- a signet.
Hezere, -- courts.
Hezira, -- leeks.
Hiero, gr a temple.
Himene, eng hymn, to sing.
Hina, heb a hin.
Hiona, gr snow.
Hipo, -- a horse.
Hisopa, heb hyssop.
Homera -- Homer.
Huakineto. gr Jacinth.
Huhe, heb a thorn.
I.

Ielema, heb a crystal.
Inesupha, -- the great owl.
Inita, eng ink.
Ione, heb the ostrich, owl, and dove.
Isephe, -- Jasper.
Iubili, eng Jubilee.
K.

Kadakasa, heb an agate.
Kade, -- cassia.
Kafa, eng a calf.
Kamino, heb a furnace.
Kane, -- a cane.
kaphara, -- camphor.
Kapharata, gr the mercy seat.
Karekema, heb saffron.
Kase, heb straw or stubble.
Kasema, -- divination.
Kata, -- a pelican.
Katara, gr to curse.
Kehe, heb the chameleon.
Keli, -- pulse.
Kemeta, -- a snail.
Keni, -- lice.
Kephoda, -- the bittern.
Kera, -- a partridge.
Keranio, gr Calvary.
Kerehe, heb crystal.
Kerite, -- barley.
Kerubi, -- cherubim.
Kesemuta, -- Rye.
Kikeuna, -- a gourd.
Kime, -- the Pleiades.
kinamo, -- cinnamon.
Kinira, -- a harp.
Kitana, -- a coat.
Kiura, -- a laver.
Koheleta, -- Ecclesiastes.
Korebana, -- corbon, a gift.
Kubiti, eng a cubit.
Kumina, heb cummin.
Kuphi, -- an ape.
Kusa, -- an owl.
Kuse, -- fetches.
Kuzion, -- cassia.
L.

Lebene, heb the poplar.
Lemoni, eng lemon.
Leni.-- a line, chalk.
Leta, -- a letter.
Lepera, -- a leper.
Lesima, heb a ligure.
Letae, -- a lizard.
Leviatana, -- leviathan.
Libano, -- frankincense.
Li!i. eag. the lily.
Lino, gr flax.
Liona, eng a lion.
Loga, heb a log, a measure.
Logo, gr the word.
Lone heb wormwood.
Lota, eng a lock.
Luko, gr a wolf.
Luta, heb myrrh.
M.

Mahalata, heb. Mahaloth.
Mahalata leanota, heb Mahaluth leanathoth.
Mahula, heb. dances or pipes.
Malatete, eng molasses.
Mamoe, sheep.
Mamona, gr mammon.
Masehila, heb Maschil.
Maseli, -- proverbs,
Medebara, -- a wilderness
Mahete, -- a censer.
Melahi, -- an angel.
Meleni, eng a melon.
Meleti, a plate.
Meli, gr honey.
Menasehe, heb a chief musician.
Menehe, -- a meat offering.
Menehesa, -- an Enchanter.
Menora. -- a weaver's beam.
Menure, -- a candlestick.
Mera, -- a dowry.
Mesia, -- the Messiah.
Moili, -- a robe.
Mule, a millstone.
Mura, heb myrrh.
Mutelabena, -- Muthlabben.
N.

Nabala, heb Psalteries.
Nakata. -- the scall.
Nao, gr Temple.
Naradi, heb. spikenard.
Natapha, -- stacte.
Nazira, -- a Nazarite.
Nehilota, -- Nehiloth.
Nemera, -- a leopard.
Nepheka, -- an emerald.
Nesa, -- a hawk.
Neseka, -- a drink offering.
Neseteia, gr a fasting of fast.
Nitera, heb nitre.
O.

Ogura, heb a swallow.
Okabara. -- the mouse.
Okereba, -- a scorpion.
Olelepha, -- a bat.
Olive, eng an olive.
Oluke, heb horseleech.
Olura, gr Rye.
Omera, heb an omer.
Oniani, eng an onion.
Ophali, heb emerods.
Ophereta, heb lead.
Ophi, gr a serpent.
Orabi, heb woof.
Orama, gr a vision.
Oramuna, heb the chesnut.
Oreba, -- a raven.
Orebi, -- a fly.
Osa, -- a moth.
Osa, -- Arcturus.
Ozeni, -- the osprey.
P.

Pahi-auahi, steam ship.
Paina, eng the pine.
Paieti, -- Piety.
Palake, gr a concubine.
Pane, lat Bread.
Pani, eng pan, pot.
Parabole, gr a parable.
Paradiso. -- Paradise.
Paritenia, -- a virgin.
Pasa, heb the passover.
Penenima, -- a ruby.
Peresa. -- the ossiphage.
Peresibutero, gr. an elder.
Peritome, -- circumcision.
Peropheta, -- eng a prophet.
Perosephora, gr. an offering.
Petou, -- a fan.
Pharemake, -- a sorcerer, sorcery.
Pharisea, eng a Pharisee.
Pheradi, heb. a mule.
Phuli, -- lentiles.
Porephura, gr purple.
Poretiko, -- porch.
R.

Raite, eng rice.
Rana, heb the frog.
Rase, -- hemlock.
Reema, -- the unicorn.
Reta, eng a razor.
Rehema, heb. the gier eagle.
Remuna, -- the pomegranate.
Renanima, -- tbe ostrich.
Retaina, -- the Juniper.
Ribini, eng ribbon.
Ru, -- a rule for measuring.
S.

Sabaka, heb the sackbut.
Sabati, eng the sabbath.
Sadukea, gr Sadducees.
Sairima, heb satyrs.
Salamo, gr Psalms.
Salu, heb the quail.
Saphana, -- the coney.
Satani, eng Satan.
Satauro, gr the cross.
Sea, heb a measure.
Seba, --- the tortoise.
Sebu, --- the agate.
Sebela, --- an ear of corn.
Sehelata. --- onycha.
Sehephate, --- consumption.
Sehipha, --- the cuckoo.
Sekadi, heb the almond.
Sekele. --- the shekel.
Sekene, --- the tabernacle.
Seleka, --- the cormorant.
Selese, --- instruments of music.
Seloma, heb the bald locust.
Semaradino, gr an emerald.
Semeio, gr. a sign.
Semisa, heb an adamant.
Sena, --- ivory.
Seninita, --- Shenninith.
Sepeta, eng sceptre.
Sephiphone, heb the adder or asp.
Seredone, --- an onyx.
Sesa, heb marble.
Sigaione, --- shiggaion.
Sigionota, --- Shigeonoth.
Silo, --- shiloh.
Sinapi, gr mustard.
Sire, heb song.
Sitima, --- shittim.
Sitona, gr wheat.
Sosanina, heb Shoshannim.
Sukamino, gr. sycamore.
Suke, gr a fig.
Sumephonia, heb a dulcimer.
Sumi, -- garlick.
Sunago, gr synagogue.
Sunadere, --- a council.
Supheri, heb. the cornet.
Suphete, -- judgment.
Susena. --- a lily.
T.

Ta, eng Tar.
Tabena, heb stubble.
Tabereno, gr a tavern.
Taputae, eng turpentine.
Taime, eng time.
Taleni, lat a talent.
Tamara, heb the palm.
Tanesemata, --- the swan.
Taofe, eng coffee.
Taote, eng a doctor.
Tapetana, eng captain.
Tarati, eng a glass.
Tarisissa, heb a beryl.
Tausani, eng a thousand.
Tavana, --- governor.
Tahemesa, heb the night hawk.
Teki, --- a peacock.
Telona, gr a publican
Teni, heb the dragon or serpent.
Teraphima, heb Seraphim.
Tereze, --- the cypress.
Terume, --- a heave offering.
Tihota, eng sugar.
Tiripuna, fr tribunal.
Totini, eng stocking.
Titeta --- teakettle.
Tuata, eng a quarter.
Tumiama, gr incense.
Ture, heb law.
Tusia, gr an offering.
Tutama, eng cucumber.
U.

Uaitete, --- a waistcoat.
Uefa, --- a wafer.
V

Vinega, --- Vinegar.
Z.

Zabi, heb a roe.
Zebuo, --- a speckled bird.
Zepho, --- an adder, asp, or cockatrice.
Zephura, --- a sparrow.
Zeroe, --- the hornet.
Zizania. gr tares.
Zubi, heb an issue.
DAYS OF THE WEEK

Tapati, eng Sabbath.
Monere, --- Monday.
Mahana piti, Tuesday.
Mahana toru, Wednesday.
Mahana maha, Thursday.
Faraire, eng Friday.
Mahana maa, Saturday.
MONTHS OF THE YEAR.

Ianuari, eng Januari.
Februare, February.
Mati, March.
Eperera, April.
Me, May.
Iunu, June.
Atete, August.
Tetema, September.
Atopa, October.
Novema, November.
Ditema, Decemher.
ERRATA.

  PAGE.  COL.  LINE.  
  22 6read maha for mahu.
  4134read aararu for arararu.
 471 3read altar for alter.
288222read raoere for rauere.
294119read turai for tarai.
296123read Tuupiri for taupiri.
301139read paeapiti for pueapiti.
3041 7read paaehere for paehere.
309115read rapae for rape.
3112 4read vaiite for vaitie.
313127read veri for vere.
LONG MEASURE.

Initi,----an inch.
Avae,----a foot.
Iadi,----a yard.
Etaeta,----a fathom.
Umi,----ten fathoms.
Maile,----88 Umis.


Hoe ahuru ma hoe, (ten with one,) eleven.
Hoe ahuru ma piti, twelve.
Hoe ahuru ma toru, thirteen.
Hoe ahuru ma maha, fourteen.
Hoe ahuru ma pae, fifteen.
Hoe ahuru ma ono, sixteen.
Hoe ahuru ma hitu, seventeen.
Hoe ahuru ma vau, eighteen.
Hoe ahuru ma iva, nineteen.
E piti ahuru, twenty--e piti ahuru ma hoe, 21, &c.
E toru ahuru, thirty.E maha ahuru, forty.
E pae ahuru, fifty.E ono ahuru, sixty.
E hitu ahuru, seventy.E vau ahuru, eighty.
E iva ahuru, ninety.
Hoe hanere, one hundred.
Hoe tausani, one thousand.
Hoe milioni, one million.

Notes about the this book and HTML

19th century typesetting is a learning experience. In a hurry to get this in the hands of a woman about to spend a year or so on the island, I formatted the type using HTML in a way to preserve the oddities and was not in the mood to change the look of the original book, except for the computer thing.

An 19th century example is the use of &c. I didn't know what etc. meant until learning French [latin]. I'm guessing the editor felt it important to substitute the et with an &.

A copy of the book is on the shelf in one of Cal's (University of California at Berkeley) libraries, and evidently came from a bookstore in France before that. Davis penned his name onto the title page, which seemes to be enough to credit him as the author. The [one] library checkout history card is glued in the inside cover, not a frequent checkout history the last one hundred years. The Cal campus Bancroft library book call number is: x PL6515.D3, if anybody cares.

An html comment shows the scan page, the book's page, the header atop the book's page, and the printer footer mark on a page.

There are two page 73s. The book's numbering is 73, 74, 73, 76. There is no page 65 or 66 in the dictionary.

The Errata page lists several items that were caught at publishing, and the book owner marked the corrections into his copy. I used the html <strike> and <s> tags for these along with some brackets. For example:

a<s>r</s>araru
<strike>fist</strike>. fish
Taomat<strike>a</strike>otuatua.
rap[a]e.
<i>pa[a]ehere</i>
Mahan[a]oo

> My Tahitian is really bad, probably useless, as I don't plan on visiting, but there were a few items that seem wrong even to me. This is not the kind of work that I can simply get on the telephone and ask a expert what a word is.

Hapihaa, should be haa-
Faturatura, should be faa-
Toimaha, <i>a.</i> heavy, ponderous.  out of alpha, might be something else
Matauiui,   out of order with next word matau
Papae, <i>s.</i> a wrapper for fish sauce, &c. prob. should be spelled papaie
Tiamatarua, 	prob. should be spelled tiai
Taimaha,		prob. should be spelled taii
Raumaro,        prob. should be spelled rauam
Putirituiiraro, prob.should be spelled Pat
Papae, <i>s.</i> a wrapper for fish sauce, &c.	should probably be papaie
Mamii, might be mamai
Toimaha,    might be Toihaha for alphebetic order
Taetea,      out of sort order, might be Taetae

There are words which are badly mispelled. There are creative spellings which can be created by grabbing individual type from a rack and placing the piece into a page, when the wrong type was misplaced on the supply rack to begin with. I know now that a letter n is an upside down letter u. Many words that are single today are set as two words back then. A family friend, a land man from Texas, offered a solution several times to the instructor in church, "we give extra credit for multiple spellings."
N u nu as n in Noon.
pronuuciation;
singalar
propery
canse
dialeet
referernce
genteel
its its way
to-morrow
importunity
every one
every thing
native of a a place
path way
cross wise
of of the oak
to day
hard wood
risibility
vocatiue
macrhing
boat or acnoe
play thing
over load
artizan
ef law
over-loading
te be
seee
judge..
vallies
fire-wood
branchiug coral
pine-apple
dandle
connexion
skilful skilfully
head quarters
some where
enquiry
back bone
whcih
pine-apple
yester night
new born
musquito
musquitoes.
a a thing
stretch our
instrumeut
fellihg axe.
peremptorily
first-fruit
froward child
fish-hook
north-west
foot-stool
over done
side ways
out ward
carelesly
containig
formaly
repeatdly
nsed ironically ;
anoy
a-thing
mould
mouldy
deccit
fishes head
in in climbing
greek parabole
pendent
pre tty
diarrhoea,
pease
out rigger
coloured
usualy
sorowful
centre
simile
in in the
garmeut
low-meshes
th e
tbe
tke
readi ess
sun-set
arrow-root.
purpore
rnnning
illiberal
te be
admittting
plaut
an useless
neighbours..
traveller
iu the
te spread
gaiued or
only interrogatively,
argumeut.
tbat,
aute or
one'self
proliflc,
accouut
te belch ;
Ue.
one'self
te be
swoilen,
parts towards
childen 
tbe ostrich.
Decemher.
emerods.
sceptre.
garlick.
teakettle.
te take
readi ess
head land
a-head,
benevoleut
, a a
Li!i. <i>eag.</i>
hy a
(fom the Eng.)
sea <i>paoa</i>.
hauging
<i>s.</i> a ti  propably mean a <i>ti</i>
ef a
; sea <i>turuhi</i>.

About 1/3rd into the book, someone must have changed the worker setting the type, or changed the instructions on how to set the lines. At page 17, periods started to end each entry (none before that point in the dictionary), and spaces started to appear before semicolons. From time to time, spaces also appear before commas.

Pahonoa ,
skin ,
late ,
young ,
surely ,
Pa'i ,
hair ;
full ,
Pahunena ,
hand ,
roots ,
slippery ;
vigilant ,
bag ,
up ,
Pana ,
out ;
Pao ,
dig ,
stone ;
place ;
breach ;
misunderstandings ;
flounder ; fig.
cock ; fig.
cock : fig.
Puonoono ,
Puonoaro ,
rough ,
marae ;
atu, iho, and mai ;
god ,
Rouruofirifiri ,
rufarufa ;

 , but
Taharuharu ,
Taharaino ,
lazy ,
pimp ,or

There is evidently a lot of italic type scattered into the regular type which the setter missed. Now that this work is transcribed, is can be scanned, even converted to XML, but be aware that there are several different ways that regular and italic text are handled, making computer searches using regular expressions difficult.

Th<i>e</i>re
t<i>o</i>
c<i>o</i>me
<i>o</i>ften

peculîar
her<i>e</i>
<i>s</i>
<i><small>v</small>.a.</i>
<i><small>v</small>.n.</i>
<i><sub>v</sub>.a.</i>
<i><sub>v</sub>.n.</i>
<i><small>v</small>.
<i>pa</i>s<i>sive
<i>v</i>, <i>a.</i>
<i>v. n</i>,
<i>s. (Latin panis)</i>
(<i>Angl.pump)</i>
<i>paio</i> ,
<i>v</i>, <i>a.</i>
<i>s. (Engl. piety)</i>
a</i>'<i>u)</i>
<i>s. (greek parabole)</i>
<i>s,</i>
<i>feefee leg</i> upside down 2nd f
<i>s. (Engl. pan)</i>
<i>v.v.</i>
<i>v, n.</i>
				
-- <i> s.</i>
		
-- <i>s.</i>
<i>s.</i> (Eng. pound)
<i>s.</i> (Engl. <i>pencil</i>,)
<i>s.</i> (anc. British pen, a head, a mark)
<i>v.a</i>
<i>s</i>,
<i>a.</i> (piko)
<i>s.</i> (from Eng. <i>pin</i>)
<i>s</i>,
<big><big><sub>P</sub></big></big>ohiti,
<i>s</i>,
P<i>o</i>ihaa, <i>s </i> a species of the ava
								

--<i>a.</i>admirable,
<i>s </i>
net:<i>fig.</i>
<i>v.n.</i> & <i>p.</i>
</i>; s.</i>
&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<i>v.n.</i>
<i>a</i>
<i>v.n,</i>
<i>v, a.</i>
as<i>s</i>emble
<i>;</i>
<i>fig .</i>
, s. a

--<i>s.</i> th e
<i>v.a,</i>
<i>s</i>,
-&nbsp;&nbsp; <i>a.</i>
&nbsp;- <i>
b<i>o</i>dy 
</i>,or
,<i>s.</i>
<i>v</i>, <i>n.</i>
<i>s.</i>a
,<i>a.</i>
,<i>v.n.</i>t
<i>adv</i>,
<i>;</i>
<i>s. (ruanugu)</i>
<i>more</i> ,
,<i>s.</i>(
,<i>s.</i>
<i>s.</i>acrid
<i>v . n.</i>
comf<i>v</i>rt
repeatedly<sup>.</sup>
<i>v. im</i>p.
<i>s</i>,
t<i>aataro</i>.
<i>v, n.</i>
wîth
<i>v.aux.</i>
<i>;</i>
t<i>o</i>
côvering      upside down ô
tar<i>o</i>.
<i>s,</i>
<i>a,</i>
(the <i>sallophyllum</i>, see <i>ati</i>.

Lines in the dictionary begin with a long dash, which I have substituted with two short dashes, but some lines start with a space, with three dashes, or something else.

--have taken place
--plant.
--sparkle,
--see <i>tuaru</i>
--- the tortoise.
 to

&nbsp;--<i>
-- &nbsp;
&nbsp;-- 
&nbsp;- <i>
&nbsp;- so called.

Through the first 3/4ths of the book, Tahitian words were set in italic, then that occasionally stopped. Here are those examples:

Leni.
Veue.
marae.
Vavara.,
Varu.
arioi and
vai afa, vai amaha, vahi vai, and vahia vai.
taro
umete,
wrapped up   no period at end
upaupa hura, upaupa mâû, upaupa mahamaha, upaupa otooto, upaupa pararaa, upaupa pehu pehu, upaupa poopootati, puaupa rohi pehe, upaupa tia raau
load ,
pahi,
po,
as <i>tunahaavaro</i>   no period at end
arioi.
vi apple
vi apple, kernel of the ahia,
cockle  no period at end
Toreataioutu   ends page 280 begins page 281
Toreahuaore.
Topataue.
toorua, tootoru.
tonufaraoa, tonhamea, tonufaeta,

arioi
pia with
Tohe.
Tititi.
Titiaifaro.
oma,
Tipipeni.
Tifenefene.
tipi tifene.
Tiahapa.
pohe tia,
papa,
tei te fare,
tehea to toru?
O mea te parau
O vai te parau?
o te parau,
the bowels,    doesn't end in period
Taumata.
timo raa ;
timo raa.
Tauau.
Tau.
Taritari.
Tari.
Taratane, Taravahine,    I'm sure these two def. are reversed
Tararaa.
a rao,
maraao, and mauriuri, when young, and afterwards, faeta, faroa, and tonu.
Tapitapi.
Taore.
Taoranono.
ohe,
amu taoaoa,
Taoaoa.
Tamariirii.
Tamahaea.
Taimatuu.
Tahuaraamaa.
mai tahito mai,
ro or
Tahitahimata.
Tahamaui.
the marae.
Taaraa.
Ruuruu.
as vahi rurua
see piti.
aahi, &c.
rorihuarari, rorimaoro, tahetahi, papao,
heiva, upaupa,
e ore roa, never,
vi apple
Repuahoe.
Refarefa ,
aita,
own,
Rauepa ,
Rapafaturumoa.

outou râ,
vau râ,
te parau ra,
namu, ramu, and rapu, napu,
putorotoro, putotoro, and putorotorohia,
Vai pue,
Ua pue te vahie,
pue arii,
pue raatira,
pue mea,
as uru,
as pue umara.
Puataruru.
Purepure.
Pirao.
au maire, rarotoa,
amae

Penu! penu ai vaa.
Penapena.
Pei.
ua pe te faa amu,

pau te amuhia,
Parupoa.
Parahirahi.
Panena.
Ia, fish, na ia,
a toraa or
Pupo.
the tamanu, ahia, vi,
Porao.

Poopoo. 
anoa is added, as pivai anoa.

There are also the odd placements of a period, a comma, or lack thereof at the end of a line.

(<i>Dracæna terminalis.</i>
, (<i>ammona triloba.</i>)
quarrel. (<i>plural.</i>)

lake or pond
;see
<i>raurau</i>,
in reserve
burst forth
intricate,speech.
which see.
is collected,
cloth,&c.
which is used

so be swagging
see <i>piavao</i>
<i>te taata</i>.'





Thank you for your interest in Tahitian
Lance Gold, Walnut Creek, California 2016